Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Solutions Chapter 3 Fractions Exercises 3.4

Primary Mathematics Chapter 3 Fractions

 

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Solutions Chapter 3 Fractions Exercise 3.4 Page 91  Exercise 3.4  Problem 1

Given:  Expression \(\frac{4}{5}\)–\(\frac{1}{5}\)= ______

Question is to find the difference between the given numbers.

Subtraction of a fractional number can be done by making their denominators same.

As the denominators are same here, just by adding directly, answers can be obtained.

The answer can be obtained by analyzing the given figure also.

The difference can be found by subtracting the numerators directly as the denominators are same.

⇒ \(\frac{4}{5}\)–\(\frac{1}{5}\)

⇒ \(\frac{4}{5}\)–\(\frac{1}{5}\)= \(\frac{3}{5}\)

So the difference between given numbers is found to be \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Also, by analyzing the figure, out of4 shaded part, 1 is subtracted. So, 3 shaded parts out of 5 parts remain.

Therefore, solution for the given expression=_______ is \(\frac{3}{5}\).

 

Chapter 3 Fractions Exercise 3.4 Answers Workbook 4A Common CorePage 91  Exercise 3.4 Problem 2

Given:  Expression \(\frac{4}{6}\)–\(\frac{3}{6}\)= \(\frac{3}{5}\)= ______

Question is to find the difference between the given numbers.

Subtraction of a fractional number can be done by making their denominators same.

As the denominators are same here, just by adding directly, answers can be obtained.

The answer can be obtained by analyzing the given figure also.

The difference can be found by subtracting the numerators directly as the denominators are same.

⇒ \(\frac{4}{6}\)–\(\frac{3}{6}\)= \(\frac{3}{5}\)= \(\frac{4-3}{6}\)

⇒ \(\frac{4}{6}\)–\(\frac{3}{6}\)= \(\frac{3}{5}\)= \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Therefore, solution for the given expression \(\frac{4}{6}\)− \(\frac{3}{6}\)=____ is  \(\frac{3}{5}\)= \(\frac{1}{6}\).

 

Primary Mathematics 4A Fractions Exercise 3.4 Step-By-Step Solutions Page 91  Exercise 3.4  Problem 3

Given:  Expression \(\frac{5}{8}\)–\(\frac{2}{8}\)=____

The question is to find the difference between the given numbers.

Subtraction of a fractional number can be done by making their denominators same.

As the denominators are the same here, just by adding directly, answers can be obtained.

The answer can be obtained by analyzing the given figure also.

The difference can be found by subtracting the numerators directly as the denominators are the same.

⇒ \(\frac{5}{8}\)–\(\frac{2}{8}\)= =\(\frac{5-2}{8}\)

⇒ \(\frac{5}{8}\)–\(\frac{2}{8}\)= =\(\frac{3}{8}\)

So the difference between given numbers is found to be\(\frac{3}{8}\)

Also, by analyzing the figure, out of 5 shaded parts, 2 is subtracted. So, 3 shaded parts out of 8 parts remain.

Therefore, solution for the given expression \(\frac{5}{8}\)–\(\frac{2}{8}\)=_____ is \(\frac{5-2}{8}\).

 

Fractions Exercise 3.4 Explanation Common Core Workbook 4A Page 91 Exercise 3.4  Problem 4

Given:  Expression \(\frac{7}{10}\)–\(\frac{4}{10}\)=____

The question is to find the difference between the given numbers.

Subtraction of a fractional number can be done by making their denominators same.

As the denominators are same here, just by adding directly, answers can be obtained.

The answer can be obtained by analyzing the given figure also.

The difference can be found by subtracting the numerators directly as the denominators are same.

⇒ \(\frac{7}{10}\)–\(\frac{4}{10}\)=\(\frac{7-4}{10}\)

⇒ \(\frac{7}{10}\)–\(\frac{4}{10}\)=\(\frac{3}{10}\)

So the difference between given numbers is found to be \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Also, by analyzing the figure, out of 7 shaded parts, 4 is subtracted. So, 3 shaded parts out of 10 parts remains.

Therefore, solution for the given expression ⇒ \(\frac{7}{10}\)−\(\frac{4}{10}\)=____ is \(\frac{3}{10}\)

 

Exercise 3.4 Fractions Detailed Explanation Workbook 4A Page 92  Exercise 3.4 Problem  5

Given:  A set of additions and a figure.

 

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions Exercises 3.4 to 3.9 Page 92 Exercise 3.4 Problem , figure 1

Question is to color the given figures that contain the answers of the given Subtractions.

Subtraction of a fractional number can be done by making their denominators same.

As the denominators are same here, just by Subtracting directly, answers can be obtained.

Subtraction of the given expression can be done as

1)\(\frac{2}{3}-\frac{1}{3}\)=\(\frac{1}{3}\)

2)\(\frac{4}{5}-\frac{2}{5}\)=\(\frac{4}{5}\)

3)\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{1}{6}\)=\(\frac{4}{6}\)

4)\(\frac{7}{8}-\frac{2}{8}\)=\(\frac{5}{8}\)

5)\(\frac{5}{8}-\frac{3}{8}\)=\(\frac{2}{8}\)

6)\(\frac{7}{8}-\frac{1}{8}\)=\(\frac{6}{8}\)

7)\(\frac{9}{10}-\frac{3}{10}\)=\(\frac{6}{109}\)

8)\(\frac{7}{10}-\frac{4}{10}\)=\(\frac{3}{10}\)

9)\(\frac{7}{12}-\frac{6}{12}\)=\(\frac{1}{12}\)

So, the answers of the given subtractions  are\(\frac{1}{3}\),\(\frac{4}{5}\),\(\frac{4}{6}\),\(\frac{5}{8}\),\(\frac{2}{8}\),\(\frac{6}{8}\),\(\frac{6}{109}\), and \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Now, the two times seven can be found by coloring the figures that contain the answers.

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions Exercises 3.4 to 3.9 Page 92 Exercise 3.4 Problem , figure 2

From the figure, after coloring, the number appearing is 14. So, two times seven is 14

Therefore, the answers in their simplest form for the given expressions are \(\frac{1}{3}\),\(\frac{4}{5}\),\(\frac{4}{6}\),\(\frac{5}{8}\),\(\frac{2}{8}\),\(\frac{6}{8}\),\(\frac{6}{109}\), and \(\frac{1}{12}\) respectively. After coloring the figures that contain the answers, two times seven is obtained as 14.

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions Exercises 3.4 to 3.9 Page 92 Exercise 3.4 Problem , figure 3

 

Common Core Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Fractions Help Chapter 3 Page 93  Exercise 3.4  Problem 6

Given:  Expression \(1-\frac{1}{4}-\frac{1}{4}\)=________

Question is to find the difference between the given numbers.

Subtraction of a fractional number can be done by making their denominators same.

As the denominators are not same here, by finding the LCM and making the denominator same, answers can be obtained.

The answer can be obtained by analyzing the given figure also.

As denominators are different, LCM is needed to make the denominator same.

LCM = 1×4

LCM = 4 Then the numbers will become

\(\frac{1 \times 4}{1 \times 4}-\frac{1}{4}-\frac{1}{4}\)=_______

Now, the difference can be found by subtracting the numerators directly as the denominators are same.

⇒ \(\frac{4}{4}-\frac{1}{4}-\frac{1}{4}\)= \(\frac{4-1-1}{4}\)

⇒ \(\frac{4}{4}-\frac{1}{4}-\frac{1}{4}\)= \(\frac{2}{4}\)

⇒ \(\frac{4}{4}-\frac{1}{4}-\frac{1}{4}\)= \(\frac{1}{2}\)

So the difference between given numbers is found to be \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Therefore, the solution for the given expression 1−1 \(1-\frac{1}{4}-\frac{1}{4}\)=________in its shortest form is \(\frac{1}{2}\)

 

Primary Mathematics 4A Exercise 3.4 Common Core Fraction Problems Page 93   Exercise 3.4  Problem 7

Given:  Expression 1-\(\frac{3}{5}\)=_______

Question is to find the difference between the given numbers.

Subtraction of a fractional number can be done by making their denominators same.

As the denominators are not same here, by finding the LCM and making the denominator same, answers can be obtained.

The answer can be obtained by analyzing the given figure also.

As d e nominators are different, LCM is needed to make the denominator same.

LCM = 1  ×5

LCM  = 5

Then the numbers will become

\(\frac{1 \times 5}{1 \times 5}-\frac{3}{5}\)=_______

Now, the difference can be found by subtracting the numerators directly as the denominators are same.

⇒ \(\frac{5}{5}-\frac{3}{5}\)=\(\frac{5-3}{5}\)

⇒ \(\frac{5}{5}-\frac{3}{5}\)=\(\frac{2}{5}\)

So the difference between given numbers is found to be \(\frac{5}{5}-\frac{3}{5}\)=\(\frac{2}{5}\).

Therefore, the solution for the given expression \(\frac{1 \times 5}{1 \times 5}-\frac{3}{5}\)=_______in its shortest form is \(\frac{2}{5}\)

 

Fractions Exercise 3.4 Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Worksheet Help Page 93  Exercise 3.4  Problem 8

Given:  Expression\(\frac{4}{5}\)−\(\frac{3}{5}\)−\(\frac{1}{5} \)=______

Question is to find the difference between the given numbers.

Subtraction of a fractional number can be done by making their denominators same.

As the denominators are same here, just by adding directly, answers can be obtained.

The answer can be obtained by analyzing the given figure also.

The difference can be found by subtracting the numerators directly as the denominators are same.

⇒ \(\frac{4}{5}−\frac{3}{5}\)−\(\frac{1}{5}\)= \(\frac{4-3-1}{5}\)

⇒ \(\frac{4}{5}−\frac{3}{5}\)−\(\frac{1}{5}\)= \(\frac{0}{5}\)

⇒ \(\frac{4}{5}−\frac{3}{5}\)−\(\frac{1}{5}\) = 0

So the difference between given numbers is found to be 0.

Therefore, the solution for the given expression \(\frac{4}{5}−\frac{3}{5}\)−\(\frac{1}{5}\)=______ in its shortest form is

 

Page 93 Exercise 3.4 Problem  9

Given: Gwen bought 1 kg of potatoes in which she used \(\frac{4}{7}\) Kg to make some potasto salad and another \(\frac{2}{7}\) Kg to make some mashed potato.

Question is to find how many kilograms of potatoes she have left and write the answer in its simplest form.

By subtracting the used potatoes from total potatoes bought will give the required answer.

Subtraction of a fractional number can be done by making their denominators same.

As the denominators are not same here, by finding the LCM and making the denominator same, answers can be obtained.

Now, to make some mashed potato, Gwen uses\(\frac{2}{7}\) Kg out of the remaining\(\frac{3}{7}\) Kg of potatoes left.

Then, net potatoes left can be obtained by subtracting potatoes used for making mashed potatoes from potatoes left after making salad.

⇒  \(\frac{3}{7}\) −  \(\frac{2}{7}\)= \(\frac{1}{7}\)

So, the total potatoes left is \(\frac{1}{7}\) kg.

 

 Page 94  Exercise 3.5  Problem 1

In the problem, the figure is given with a note 3 wholes 1 half

It is required to write a mixed number.

As it is given there are 3 wholes and 1 half.

This can be written as,

1+1+1+\(\frac{1}{2}\)= 3 + \(\frac{1}{2}\)

The mixed number obtained for 3 wholes and 1 half is 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

 

 Page 94  Exercise 3.5  Problem 2

In the problem, the figure is given with note 2 wholes 4 fifths.

It is required to write a mixed number.

As it is given there are 2 wholes and 4 fifths.

This can be written as

1+1+\(\frac{4}{5}\)= 2+\(\frac{4}{5}\)

1+1+\(\frac{4}{5}\) = 2\(\frac{4}{5}\)

The mixed number obtained for 2 wholes and 4 fifths is 2\(\frac{4}{5}\)

 

Page 94  Exercise 3.5  Problem 3

In the problem, the figure is given with note 2 wholes 4 fifths.

It is required to write a mixed number.

As it is given there are 2 wholes and 4 fifths.

This can be written as

1+1+\(\frac{4}{5}\)= 2+\(\frac{4}{5}\)

1+1+\(\frac{4}{5}\)= 2 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

The mixed number obtained for 2 wholes and 4 fifths is 2 \(\frac{4}{5}\).

 

 Page 94  Exercise 3.5  Problem 4

In the problem, the figure is given with a note 2 wholes 1 sixth.

It is required to write a mixed number.

As it is given there are 2 wholes and 1 sixth.

This can be written as

1+1+\(\frac{1}{6}\)= 2+\(\frac{1}{6}\)

1+1+\(\frac{1}{6}\)= 2\(\frac{1}{6}\)

The mixed number obtained for 2 wholes and 1 sixth is 2\(\frac{1}{6}\)

 

Page 94  Exercise 3.5  Problem 5

In the problem, the figure is given with a note 3 wholes 7 eighths.

It is required to write a mixed number

As it is given there are 3 wholes an6 7 eighths.

This can be written as

1+1+1+\(\frac{7}{8}\)= 3+\(\frac{7}{8}\)

1+1+1+\(\frac{7}{8}\)= 3\(\frac{7}{8}\)

The mixed number obtained for 3 wholes and 7 eighths is  3\(\frac{7}{8}\)

 

Page 95  Exercise 3.5  Problem 6

In the problem, a figure is with 3 strings and their lengths are given.

It is required to fill the blanks with a length of string B and C.

So solve this, first consider string B there are 1 whole and 3 fifth.

This can be written as

1+ \(\frac{3}{5}\)= 1\(\frac{3}{5}\)

Consider string C there are 2 wholes and 2 fifth.

This can be written as

1 + 1 + \(\frac{2}{5}\)= 2\(\frac{2}{5}\).

The length of B is  1\(\frac{3}{5}\)M, The length of C is  2\(\frac{2}{5}\)

 

Page 95  Exercise 3.5  Problem 7

In the problem, a figure is given where 3 wholes and 1fifth liters are represented.

It is required to find the total amount of water.

As it is given there are 3 wholes and 1 fifth liter.

This can be written as a mixed number

1+1+1+\(\frac{1}{5}\)= 3+\(\frac{1}{5}\)

1+1+1+\(\frac{1}{5}\)= 3\(\frac{1}{5}\)

The total amount of water is  3\(\frac{1}{5}\)

 

Page 95  Exercise 3.5  Problem 8

In the problem, a figure with a note 2+\(\frac{3}{4}\)is given

It is required to fill the blanks, find 2+\(\frac{3}{4}\)

As it is given, 2 wholes and 3 fourth will give a mixed number

2 + \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 2\(\frac{3}{4}\)

For given  2 + \(\frac{3}{4}\), the mixed number is obtained  2\(\frac{3}{4}\)

 

Page 95  Exercise 3.5  Problem 9

In the problem, a figure with a note 3-\(\frac{1}{3}\) is given.

It is required to fill the blanks, find 3-\(\frac{1}{3}\).

As it is given, 2 wholes and 2 third will give a mixed number 1 + 1 + \(\frac{2}{3}\)= 2\(\frac{2}{3}\) that means,

3 – \(\frac{1}{3}\) =  2\(\frac{2}{3}\)

For the given 3-\(\frac{1}{3}\) the mixed number is obtained as 2\(\frac{2}{3}\).

 

Page 97  Exercise 3.6  Problem 1

In the problem, a figure is given where 2 wholes and 5 sixths are represented.

It is required to write a mixed number and an improper fraction.

To solve this, there are 2 wholes and 5 sixths.

This can be written as

1 + 1 + \(\frac{5}{6}\)= 2+\(\frac{5}{6}\)

1 + 1 + \(\frac{5}{6}\) = 2\(\frac{5}{6}\)

As it is given there are 2 wholes and 5 sixths.

The count of the total shaded portion will give the numerator and the number of separations made in one single shape will give the denominator.

Here the numerator is 17 and the denominator is 6 so the improper fraction is  \(\frac{17}{6}\)

The mixed number obtained for 2 wholes and 5 sixths is  2\(\frac{5}{6}\) and the improper fraction obtained is \(\frac{17}{6}\)

 

Page 97 Exercise 3.6 Problem 2

In the problem, a figure is given where 2 wholes and 4 ninths are represented.

It is required to write a mixed number and an improper fraction.

To solve this, there are 2 wholes and 4 ninths.

The mixed number can be written as

1 + 1 + \(\frac{4}{9}\)  = 2 + \(\frac{4}{9}\)

1 + 1 + \(\frac{4}{9}\) = 2\(\frac{4}{9}\)

As it is given there are 2 wholes and 4 ninths.

The count of the total shaded portion will give the numerator and the number of separations made in one single shape will give the denominator.

Here the numerator is 22 and the denominator is 9 so the improper fraction is\(\frac{22}{9}\).

The mixed number obtained for 2 wholes and 4 ninths is  2\(\frac{4}{9}\) and the improper fraction obtained is \(\frac{22}{9}\).

 

Page 97 Exercise 3.6 Problem 3

In the problem, a figure is given where 1 wholes and 2 nthirds are represented.

It is required to write a mixed number and an improper fraction.

To solve this, there are 1 wholes and 2 thirds. The mixed number can be written as,

1 + \(\frac{2}{3}\) =1 +\(\frac{2}{3}\)

1 + \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 1\(\frac{2}{3}\)

As it is given there are 1 wholes and 2 thirds.

The count of the total shaded portion will give the numerator and the number of separations made in one single shape will give the denominator.

Here the numerator is 5 and the denominator is 3 so the improper fraction is  \(\frac{5}{3}\).

The mixed number obtained for 1 wholes and 2 thirds is  1\(\frac{2}{3}\) and the improper fraction obtained is  \(\frac{5}{3}\).

 

Page 97 Exercise 3.6 Problem 4

In the problem, a figure is given where 3 wholes and 3 fourth are represented.

It is required to write a mixed number and an improper fraction.

To solve this, there are 3 wholes and 3 fourth.

The mixed number can be written as,

1 + 1 + 1 + \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 3 + \(\frac{3}{4}\)

1 + 1 + 1 + \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 3\(\frac{3}{4}\)

As it is given there are 3 wholes and 3 fourth.

The count of the total shaded portion will give the numerator and the number of separations made in one single shape will give the denominator.

Here the numerator is 15 and the denominator is 4 so the improper fraction is  \(\frac{15}{4}\).

The mixed number obtained for 3 wholes and 3 fourth is  3\(\frac{3}{4}\) and the improper fraction obtained is  \(\frac{15}{4}\).

 

Page 97  Exercise 3.6  Problem 5

In the problem, a figure is given where 2 wholes and 3 fifths are represented.

It is required to write a mixed number and an improper fraction.

To solve this, there are 2 wholes and 3 fifths.

The mixed number can be written as,

1 + 1 + \(\frac{3}{5}\)= 2+\(\frac{3}{5}\)

1 + 1 + \(\frac{3}{5}\) =  2\(\frac{3}{5}\)

As it is given there are 2 wholes and 3 fifths.

The count of the total shaded portion will give the numerator and the number of separations made in one single shape will give the denominator.

Here the numerator is 13 and the denominator is 5 so the improper fraction is \(\frac{13}{5}\).

The mixed number obtained for 2 wholes and 3 fifths is  2\(\frac{3}{5}\) and the improper fraction obtained is \(\frac{13}{5}\).

 

Page 97  Exercise 3.6  Problem 6

In the problem, a figure is given where 2 wholes and 7 eighths are represented.

It is required to write a mixed number and an improper fraction.

To solve this, there are 2 wholes and 7 eighths.

The mixed number can be written as

1 + 1 + \(\frac{7}{8}\) = 2 + \(\frac{7}{8}\)

1 + 1 + \(\frac{7}{8}\) = 2\(\frac{7}{8}\)

As it is given there are 2 wholes and 7 eighths.

The count of the total shaded portion will give the numerator and the number of separations made in one single shape will give the denominator.

Here the numerator is 23 and the denominator is 8 so the improper fraction is \(\frac{23}{8}\).

The mixed number obtained for 2 wholes and 7 eighths is  2\(\frac{7}{8}\)and the improper fraction obtained is \(\frac{23}{8}\).

 

Page 98  Exercise 3.7  Problem 1

In the problem, it is given an improper fraction \(\frac{11}{4}\).

The picture representations are also given. It is required to express

In the problem, it is given an improper fraction \(\frac{11}{4}\)as a mixed number.

To solve this, rewrite the given improper fraction as the sum of two fractions.

Where the first fraction will give a whole number and the second one is a proper fraction. Then obtain the mixed number.

\(\frac{11}{4}\)= \(\frac{8}{4}\)+ \(\frac{3}{4}\)

\(\frac{11}{4}\) = 2 + \(\frac{3}{4}\)

\(\frac{11}{4}\)= 2\(\frac{3}{4}\)

The improper fraction  \(\frac{11}{4}\) is expressed as a mixed number  2\(\frac{3}{4}\).

 

Page 98  Exercise 3.7  Problem 2

In the problem, it is given an improper fraction \(\frac{18}{5}\)

The picture representations are also given.It is required to express \(\frac{18}{5}\) as a mixed number.

To solve this, rewrite the given improper fraction as the sum of two fractions.

Where the first fraction will give a whole number and the second one is a proper fraction. Then obtain the mixed number.

\(\frac{18}{5}\) = \(\frac{15}{5}\)+\(\frac{3}{5}\)

\(\frac{18}{5}\) = 3 + \(\frac{3}{5}\)

\(\frac{18}{5}\) = 3\(\frac{3}{5}\)

The improper fraction  \(\frac{18}{5}\) is expressed as a mixed number  3\(\frac{3}{5}\).

 

Page 98  Exercise 3.7  Problem 3

In the problem, a figure of improper fractions is given .

It is required to fill each box with a mixed number or a whole number.

To solve this, rewrite the given improper fraction as the sum of two fractions.

Where the first fraction will give a whole number and the second one is a proper fraction.

Then obtain the mixed number or a whole number.

Improper fraction \(\frac{5}{3}\)

\(\frac{5}{3}\)= \(\frac{3}{3}\)+\(\frac{2}{3}\)

\(\frac{5}{3}\)=1+\(\frac{2}{3}\)

\(\frac{5}{3}\)= 1\(\frac{2}{3}\)

Improper fraction \(\frac{7}{3}\) to mixed fraction

\(\frac{7}{3}\) =\(\frac{6}{3}\) +\(\frac{1}{3}\)

\(\frac{7}{3}\)  = 2 + \(\frac{1}{3}\)

\(\frac{7}{3}\) = 2\(\frac{1}{3}\)

Improper fraction \(\frac{9}{3}\) to a whole number.

\(\frac{9}{3}\)= 3

Improper fraction \(\frac{11}{3}\) to a mixed number.

\(\frac{11}{3}\)= \(\frac{9}{3}\)+ \(\frac{2}{3}\)

3 +\(\frac{2}{3}\)

\(\frac{11}{3}\) = 3\(\frac{2}{3}\)

 Therefore: The box for \(\frac{5}{3}\) can be filled with a mixed number 1\(\frac{2}{3}\).

The box for \(\frac{7}{3}\)can be filled with a mixed number 2\(\frac{1}{3}\).

The box for\(\frac{9}{3}\) can be filled with a mixed number 3.

The box for\(\frac{11}{3}\) can be filled with a mixed number 3\(\frac{2}{3}\).

 

Page 99  Exercise 3.7  Problem 4

In the problem, it is given an improper fraction

\(\frac{5}{2}=\frac{4}{2}+\frac{1}{2}\)

It is required to change the improper fraction to a mixed number or a whole number.

To solve this, rewrite the given improper fraction as the sum of two fractions with the same denominator.

Where the first fraction will give a whole number and the second one is a proper fraction.

Then obtain the mixed number.

\(\frac{5}{2}=\frac{4}{2}+\frac{1}{2}\)

= 2 + \(\frac{1}{2}\)

= 2\(\frac{1}{2}\)

The improper fraction \(\frac{5}{2}\)  is changed to a mixed number  2\(\frac{1}{2}\)

 

Page 99  Exercise 3.7  Problem 5

In the problem, it is given an improper fraction

\(\frac{17}{10}=\frac{10}{10}+\frac{7}{10}\)

 

It is required to change the improper fraction to a mixed number or a whole number.

To solve this, rewrite the given improper fraction as the sum of two fractions with the same denominator.

Where the first fraction will give a whole number and the second one is a proper fraction.

Then obtain the mixed number.

\(\frac{17}{10}=\frac{10}{10}+\frac{7}{10}\)

 

= 1+\(\frac{7}{10}\)

= 1\(\frac{7}{10}\)

The improper fraction  \(\frac{17}{10}\)  is changed to a mixed number  1\(\frac{7}{10}\)

 

Page 99 Exercise 3.7 Problem 6

In the problem, it is given an improper fraction\(\frac{7}{6}\)

It is required to change the improper fraction to a mixed number or a whole number.

To solve this, rewrite the given improper fraction as the sum of two fractions with the same denominator.

Where the first fraction will give a whole number and the second one is a proper fraction. Then obtain the mixed number.

\(\frac{7}{6}\) =\(\frac{6}{6}\)+\(\frac{1}{6}\)

= 1 + \(\frac{1}{6}\)

= 1\(\frac{1}{6}\)

The improper fraction \(\frac{7}{6}\)  is changed to a mixed number 1\(\frac{1}{6}\)

 

Page 99 Exercise 3.7 Problem 7

In the problem, it is given an improper fraction \(\frac{7}{3}\)

It is required to change the improper fraction to a mixed number or a whole number.

To solve this, rewrite the given improper fraction as the sum of two fractions.

Where the first fraction will give a whole number and the second one is a proper fraction. Then obtain the mixed number.

\(\frac{7}{3}\) = \(\frac{6}{3}\)=\(\frac{1}{3}\)

= 2  + \(\frac{1}{3}\)

= 2\(\frac{1}{3}\)

The improper fraction  \(\frac{7}{3}\)  is changed to a mixed number 2\(\frac{1}{3}\).

 

Page 100  Exercise 3.8  Problem 1

Given:  An image of the circles – whole circles and also circles divided into portions of equal size.

Find the improper fraction from the image.

Given that, 2 whole circles are there.

Each circle is divided into 3 parts.

Then

2 =  \(\frac{2×3}{3}\)

\(\frac{6}{3}\)= 2

Therefore, the improper fraction for 2 whole circles divided into 3 parts is \(\frac{6}{3}\).

 

Page 100 Exercise 3.8 Problem 2

Given:  An image of the circles – whole circles and also circles divided into portions of equal size.

Find the improper fraction from the image.

Given that, 2 whole circles and \(\frac{2}{3}\) circles.

Two of the circles are divided into 3 parts.

Then

2\(\frac{2}{3}\) = 2 + \(\frac{2}{3}\)

=  \(\frac{2×3}{3}\) + \(\frac{2}{3}\)

​=  \(\frac{6}{3}\) + \(\frac{2}{3}\)

=  \(\frac{8}{3}\)

Therefore, the improper fraction for  2\(\frac{2}{3}\)  is  \(\frac{8}{3}\)

 

Page 100 Exercise 3.8 Problem 3

Given:  An image of the circles – whole hexagons and also hexagon divided into portions of equal size.

Find the improper fraction from the image.

Therefore, we can do the calculation as

1\(\frac{5}{6}\) = 1 + \(\frac{5}{6}\)

= \(\frac{1×6}{6}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\)

=\(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\)

= \(\frac{11}{6}\)

Therefore, the improper fraction for  1\(\frac{5}{6}\)  is  \(\frac{11}{6}\)

 

Page 100  Exercise 3.8 Problem 4

Given:  An image of the circles – whole squares and also squares divided into portions of equal size.

Find the improper fraction from the image.

We can calculate and write as

2\(\frac{3}{8}\)= 2+\(\frac{3}{8}\)

= \(\frac{2×8}{6}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\)

= \(\frac{16}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\)

= \(\frac{19}{8}\)

Therefore, the improper fraction for  2\(\frac{3}{8}\)  is  \(\frac{19}{8}\).

 

Page 101  Exercise 3.8  Problem 5

Given: 1\(\frac{2}{5}\)

Convert the given mixed fraction into improper fraction.

Represent it as the sum of a whole number and improper fraction.

Then add them up to get a single improper fraction.

Given ,  1\(\frac{2}{5}\)

Converting it

1\(\frac{2}{5}\) = 1+ \(\frac{2}{5}\)

= \(\frac{1×5}{5}\) +\(\frac{2}{5}\)

= \(\frac{5}{5}\)+\(\frac{2}{5}\)

= \(\frac{7}{5}\)

Therefore, the improper fraction for = 1 + \(\frac{2}{5}\) is \(\frac{7}{5}\)

 

Page 101  Exercise 3.8  Problem 6

Given: 1\(\frac{1}{4}\)

Convert the given mixed fraction into improper fraction.

Represent it as the sum of a whole number and improper fraction.

Then add them up to get a single improper fraction.

Given ,  1\(\frac{1}{4}\)

Converting it

1\(\frac{1}{4}\)= 1 + \(\frac{1}{4}\)

= \(\frac{1×4}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)

= \(\frac{4}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)

= \(\frac{5}{4}\)

Therefore, the improper fraction for 1\(\frac{1}{4}\) is = \(\frac{5}{4}\)

 

Page 101 Exercise 3.8 Problem 7

Given: 2\(\frac{3}{8}\).

Convert the given mixed fraction into improper fraction.

Represent it as the sum of a whole number and improper fraction.

Then add them up to get a single improper fraction.

Given ,  2\(\frac{3}{8}\)

Converting it

2\(\frac{3}{8}\) =  2+\(\frac{3}{8}\)

= \(\frac{2×8}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\)

= \(\frac{16}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\)

= \(\frac{19}{8}\)

Therefore, the improper fraction for  2\(\frac{3}{8}\) is \(\frac{19}{8}\).

 

Page 101 Exercise 3.8  Problem 8

Given: 2\(\frac{1}{10}\)

Convert the given mixed fraction into improper fraction.

Represent it as the sum of a whole number and improper fraction.

Then add them up to get a single improper fraction.

Given, 2\(\frac{1}{10}\)

Converting it

2\(\frac{1}{10}\)= 2 + \(\frac{1}{10}\)

= \(\frac{2×10}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\)

= \(\frac{20}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\)

= \(\frac{21}{10}\)

Therefore, the improper fraction for  2\(\frac{1}{10}\) is \(\frac{21}{10}\).

 

Page 102 Exercise 3.8  Problem 9

Given: \(\frac{3}{5}\)+\(\frac{2}{5}\)

Add the given fractions and simplify it.

Denominator is the same.

So adding numerators and writing the denominator will give the result.

\(\frac{3}{5}\)+\(\frac{2}{5}\)=\(\frac{3+2}{5}\)

= \(\frac{5}{5}\)

This can be further simplified as 1.

Therefore, the simplest form for \(\frac{3}{5}\)+\(\frac{2}{5}\) is \(\frac{5}{5}\) or 1.

 

Page 102  Exercise 3.8  Problem 10

Given: \(\frac{1}{3}\)+\(\frac{2}{3}\).

Add the given fractions and simplify it.

Denominator is the same.

So adding numerators and writing the denominator will give the result.

\(\frac{1}{3}\)+\(\frac{2}{3}\)

= \(\frac{3}{3}\)

This can be further simplified as 1

Therefore, the simplest form for \(\frac{1}{3}\)+\(\frac{2}{3}\) is\(\frac{3}{3}\) or 1.

 

Page 102  Exercise 3.8  Problem 11

Given: \(\frac{3}{4}\)+\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Add the given fractions and simplify it.

Denominator is the same.

So adding numerators and writing the denominator will give the result.

\(\frac{3}{4}\)+\(\frac{3}{4}\)= \(\frac{3+3}{4}\)

= \(\frac{6}{4}\)

= \(\frac{3}{2}\)

There is a common factor of 2, so the simplest form is obtained as \(\frac{3}{2}\).

Therefore, the simplest form for  \(\frac{3}{4}\)+\(\frac{3}{4}\) is  \(\frac{3}{2}\).

 

Page 102  Exercise 3.8  Problem 12

Given: \(\frac{4}{7}\)+\(\frac{5}{7}\)

Add the given fractions and simplify it.

Denominator is the same.

So adding numerators and writing the denominator will give the result.

\(\frac{4}{7}\)+\(\frac{5}{7}\)= \(\frac{4+5}{7}\)

= \(\frac{9}{7}\)

Therefore, the simplest form for  \(\frac{4}{7}\)+\(\frac{5}{7}\)  is  \(\frac{9}{7}\).

 

Page 102  Exercise 3.8  Problem 13

Given: 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) and \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Find whether given fractions are equal to, or less than, or greater than the other.

First, convert the mixed fraction into an improper fraction.

Make them like fractions for comparing them easily.

Then compare the fractions and write the proper symbol.

Given , 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) and \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Convert the given mixed fraction into improper fraction as follows.

1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{2+1}{1}\)

= \(\frac{3}{2}\)

Now making them like fractions.

The denominator of the fractions is different so multiply the number to get the same denominator.

\(\frac{3}{2}\) =\(\frac{3×4}{2×4}\)

= \(\frac{12}{8}\)

Now , 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{12}{8}\).

So, we have to compare \(\frac{12}{8}\) and \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Since 12>7

\(\frac{12}{8}\) is greater than \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Or we can say that

1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) > \(\frac{7}{8}\).

Therefore, after making them like fractions and comparing, we can write as 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) > \(\frac{7}{8}\).

 

Page 102  Exercise 3.8  Problem 14

Given: \(\frac{6}{7}\) and 1.

Find whether given fractions are equal to, or less than, or greater than the other.

First, convert the whole number into an improper fraction.

Make them like fractions for comparing them easily.

Then compare the fractions and write the proper symbol.

Given, \(\frac{6}{7}\) and 1.

Convert the given whole number into improper fraction as follows.

Multiply and divide 7 to get a fraction,

​1=1×\(\frac{7}{7}\)

= \(\frac{7}{7}\)

= 1 ​Now making them like fractions.

Now, 1 = \(\frac{7}{7}\)

So, we have to compare \(\frac{6}{7}\) and \(\frac{7}{7}\)

Since 6<7

\(\frac{6}{7}\) is lesser than \(\frac{7}{7}\).

Or we can say that\(\frac{6}{7}\)<1.

Therefore, after making them like fractions and comparing, we can write as \(\frac{6}{7}\)<1.

 

Page 102  Exercise 3.8  Problem 15

Given: \(\frac{10}{11}\) and \(\frac{11}{3}\)

Find whether given fractions are equal to, or less than, or greater than the other.

Make them like fractions for comparing them easily.

Then compare the fractions and write the proper symbol.

Given, \(\frac{10}{11}\) and \(\frac{11}{3}\)

Now making them like fractions.

The denominator of the fractions isdifferent so multiply the number to get the same denominator.

\(\frac{10}{11}\) = \(\frac{10×3}{11×3}\)

= \(\frac{30}{33}\)

\(\frac{11}{3}\) = \(\frac{11×11}{3×11}\)

= \(\frac{121}{33}\)

Now

\(\frac{10}{11}\)= \(\frac{30}{33}\) and

\(\frac{11}{3}\)]= \(\frac{121}{33}\)

So, we have to compare \(\frac{30}{33}\) and \(\frac{121}{33}\)

Since 30<121

\(\frac{30}{33}\) is lesser than \(\frac{121}{33}\)

Or we can say that \(\frac{10}{11}\)< \(\frac{11}{3}\)

Therefore, after making them like fractions and comparing them, we can write as  \(\frac{10}{11}\)< \(\frac{11}{3}\)

 

Page 102 Exercise 3.8 Problem 16

Given: \(\frac{10}{3}\) and 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Find whether given fractions are equal to, or less than, or greater than the other.

First, convert the mixed fraction into an improper fraction.

Make them like fractions for comparing them easily.

Then compare the fractions and write the proper symbol.

Given, \(\frac{10}{3}\) and 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Convert the given mixed fraction into improper fraction as follows.

3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

=\(\frac{(3×3)+1}{3}\)

= \(\frac{9+1}{3}\)

= \(\frac{10}{3}\)

​Now making them like fractions.

Now,3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)= \(\frac{10}{3}\)

So, we have to compare\(\frac{10}{3}\) and \(\frac{10}{3}\)

Since 10 = 10

\(\frac{10}{3}\) is equal to \(\frac{10}{3}\)

Or we can say that \(\frac{10}{3}\) = 3\(\frac{1}{3}\)

Therefore, after making them like fractions and comparing, we can write as  \(\frac{10}{3}\)= 3\(\frac{1}{3}\)

 

Page 103  Exercise 3.8  Problem 17

Given:

A figure with various mixed fractions.

To convert these mixed fractions into standard form.

Firstly, Convert all mixed fractions into standard form.

Finally, represent this in a figure.

From the figure various mixed fractions are-

\(1 \frac{3}{4}, 2 \frac{1}{4}, 2 \frac{3}{4}, 3 \frac{2}{4}\)

 

The improper form of these fractions is given as-

\(1 \frac{3}{4}\)= \(\frac{7}{4}\)

\(2 \frac{1}{4}\)= \(\frac{9}{4}\)

\( 2 \frac{3}{4}\)= \(\frac{11}{4}\)

\(3 \frac{2}{4}\)= \(\frac{14}{4}\)

Now, for whole number 1.

Since its a number line of denominator 4.

Therefore, multiply and dividing 1 by 4.

So

1×\(\frac{4}{4}\)= \(\frac{4}{4}\)

Hence 1 can be written \(\frac{4}{4}\).

Representing these in a figure-
Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions Exercises 3.4 to 3.9 Page 103 Exercise 3.8 Problem 17 , figure 1

 

The figure filling each box with an improper fraction is given as-

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions Exercises 3.4 to 3.9 Page 103 Exercise 3.8 Problem 17 , figure 2

 

Page 103  Exercise 3.8  Problem 18

Given:

Various mixed fractions.

To match equal fractions after converting these mixed fractions into standard form.

Firstly, Convert all mixed fractions into standard form.

Then, match equal fractions with each other.

Finally, represent this in a figure.

From the figure given mixed fractions are-

\(1 \frac{1}{9}, 1 \frac{1}{8}, 1 \frac{1}{7}, 1 \frac{1}{6}, 1 \frac{1}{5}, 1 \frac{1}{4}, 1 \frac{1}{3}\)

 

And \(2 \frac{2}{3}, 2 \frac{1}{2}, 1 \frac{3}{4}, 2 \frac{1}{5}, 1 \frac{5}{6}, 1 \frac{7}{8}\)

These fraction in improper fraction are as follows-

1\(\frac{1}{9}\)= \(\frac{10}{9}\)

1\(\frac{1}{8}\)= \(\frac{9}{8}\)

1\(\frac{1}{7}\)= \(\frac{8}{7}\)

1\(\frac{1}{6}\)= \(\frac{7}{6}\)

And

1\(\frac{1}{5}\)= \(\frac{6}{5}\)

1\(\frac{1}{4}\)= \(\frac{5}{4}\)

1\(\frac{1}{3}\)=\(\frac{4}{3}\)

Remaining are-

2\(\frac{2}{3}\)= \(\frac{8}{3}\)

2\(\frac{1}{2}\)= \(\frac{5}{2}\)

1\(\frac{3}{4}\)=\(\frac{7}{4}\)

2\(\frac{1}{5}\)= \(\frac{11}{5}\)

And

1\(\frac{5}{6}\)= \(\frac{11}{5}\)

1\(\frac{7}{8}\)= \(\frac{15}{8}\)

Matching equal fractions in the figure –

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions Exercises 3.4 to 3.9 Page 103 Exercise 3.8 Problem 18 , figure 1

 

The figure joining equal fractions is as follows-

 

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions Exercises 3.4 to 3.9 Page 103 Exercise 3.8 Problem 18 , figure 2

 

Page 104 Exercise3.8 Problem 19 

Given:

Various mixed fractions.

To match equal fractions after converting these mixed fractions into standard form such that animals can be trapped.

Firstly, Convert all mixed fractions into standard form.

Then, match equal fractions with each other.

Finally, represent this so that animals can be trapped.

From figure given mixed fractions are-

\(3 \frac{7}{4}, 3 \frac{1}{2}, 2 \frac{2}{5}, 2 \frac{1}{3}, 3 \frac{1}{4}, 4 \frac{1}{6}, 1 \frac{4}{3}, 2 \frac{3}{2}, 4 \frac{3}{4}, 3 \frac{7}{6}, 2 \frac{5}{4}, 1 1 \frac{7}{5}\)

 

These fractions in improper fraction are as follows-

\(3 \frac{7}{4}\)= \(\frac{19}{4}\)

\(3 \frac{1}{2}\)=\(\frac{7}{2}\)

\( 2 \frac{2}{5}\)=\(\frac{12}{5}\)

\( 2 \frac{1}{3}\)=\(\frac{7}{3}\)

\( 3 \frac{1}{4}\)=\(\frac{13}{4}\)

\( 4 \frac{1}{6}\)=\( \frac{25}{6}\)

\( 1 \frac{4}{3}\)=\(\frac{7}{3}\)

\(2 \frac{3}{2}\)=\(\frac{7}{2}\)

Remaining are-

\(4 \frac{3}{4}\)=\(\frac{19}{4}\)

\(3 \frac{7}{6}\)=\(\frac{25}{6}\)

\(2 \frac{5}{4}\)=\(\frac{13}{4}\)

\(1 \frac{7}{5}\)=\(\frac{12}{5}\)

Thus, after converting from mixed fraction to improper fraction equal values are-

\(2 \frac{3}{2}\)=\(3 \frac{1}{2}\)=\(\frac{7}{2}\)

\( 2 \frac{2}{5}\)=\(1 \frac{7}{5}\)=\(\frac{12}{5}\)

\( 1 \frac{4}{3}\)=\( 2 \frac{1}{3}\)=\(\frac{7}{3}\)

\(2 \frac{5}{4}\)=\( 3 \frac{1}{4}\) =\(\frac{13}{4}\)

And

\(3 \frac{7}{6}\)=\( 4 \frac{1}{6}\)=\(\frac{25}{6}\)

\(4 \frac{3}{4}\)=\(3 \frac{7}{4}\)=\(\frac{19}{4}\)

Matching equal fractions in the figure –

 

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions Exercises 3.4 to 3.9 Page 104 Exercise 3.8 Problem 19 , figure 1

 

The figure joining equal fractions such that animals are trapped is as follows-

 

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions Exercises 3.4 to 3.9 Page 104 Exercise 3.8 Problem 19 , figure 2

 

Page 105  Exercise 3.9  Problem 1

We are asked to convert the given figure into an improper fraction.

As it is given 3 full circles with 2 parts equally.

We have 1 Full circle and then we have a half circle which implies

= 1+ \(\frac{1}{2}\)

= \(\frac{3}{2}\)

Therefore, by converting the given figure into the improper fraction, we get \(\frac{3}{2}\).

 

Page 105  Exercise 3.9  Problem 2

We are asked to convert the given figure into an improper fraction.

As it is given 5 full circles with 3 parts equally.

We have 1 full circle and then one circle with 3 parts which implies

= 1+ \(\frac{2}{3}\)

= \(\frac{5}{3}\)

Therefore, by converting the given figure into the improper fraction, we get \(\frac{5}{3}\).

We are asked to convert the given figure into an improper fraction.

As it is given 7 full circl es with 4 parts equally.

We have 1 full circle and then one circle with 3 parts which implies

​=1+ \(\frac{3}{4}\)

=\(\frac{7}{4}\)

Therefore, by converting the given figure into the improper fraction, we get  \(\frac{7}{4}\)

 

Page 106  Exercise 3.9 Problem 3

We are given to convert given improper fraction into mixed fraction.

Given – \(\frac{8}{3}\)

To con- vert an improper fraction into mixed fraction let us divide the given fraction and then we have to write the divisor as whole number and quotient as the numerator and remainder as the denominator.

So, for 8÷3 we get 2 as quotient and 2 as remainder.

So, Mixed fraction = 3\(\frac{2}{2}\)

Therefore, by converting the improper fraction into mixed fraction we get 3\(\frac{2}{2}\)

 

Page 106 Exercise 3.9 Problem 4

We are given to convert given improper fractions into a mixed fraction.

Given – \(\frac{10}{3}\)

To convert improper fractions into mixed fractions let us divide the given fraction and then we have to write the divisor as whole number and quotient as the numerator and the remainder as the numerator.

So, for 10 ÷ 3 we get 3 as quotient and 1 as remainder.

So, Mixed fraction = 3\(\frac{1}{3}\).

Therefore, by converting the improper fraction into mixed fraction we get 3\(\frac{1}{3}\)

 

Page 106  Exercise 3.9  Problem 5

We are given to convert given improper fractions into a mixed fraction.

Given –  \(\frac{12}{5}\)

To convert improper fractions into mixed fractions let us divide the given fraction and then we have to write the divisor as whole number and quotient as the numerator and remainder as numerator.

So, for 12÷5 we get 3 as quotient and 2 as remainder.

So, Mixed fraction = 2\(\frac{2}{5}\).

Therefore, by converting the improper fraction into mixed fraction we get 2\(\frac{2}{5}\)

 

Page 106  Exercise 3.9  Problem 6

We are given to convert given improper fraction into a mixed fraction.

Given –  \(\frac{11}{4}\)

To convert improper fractions into mixed fractions let us divide the given fraction and then we have to write the divisor as whole number and quotient as the numerator and the remainder as the numerator.

So, for 11÷4 we get 2 as quotient and 3 as remainder.

So, Mixed fraction = 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\).

Therefore, by converting the improper fraction into mixed fraction we get \(\frac{3}{4}\)

 

Page 106  Exercise 3.9  Problem 7

We are given an improper fraction to convert into mixed fraction or a whole number.

Given – \(\frac{8}{2}\).

As we- can see that 8 is divisible by 2 at 4th time.

So, \(\frac{8}{2}\) is 4.

Therefore, we can say that by converting \(\frac{8}{2}\) into whole number we get.

 

Page 106  Exercise 3.9  Problem 8

We are given to convert given improper fractions into a mixed fractions or whole numbers.

Given –  \(\frac{11}{5}\)

To convert improper fractions into mixed fractions let us divide the given fraction and then we have to write the divisor as whole number and quotient as the numerator and the remainder as the numerator.

So, fo – r 11÷5 we get 2 as quotient and 1 as remainder.

So, Mixed fraction = 2\(\frac{1}{5}\).

Therefore, by converting the improper fraction into a mixed fraction we get 2\(\frac{1}{5}\).

 

Page 106  Exercise 3.9  Problem 9

We are given to convert given improper fractions into mixed fractions or whole numbers.

Given – 2 \(\frac{17}{8}\)

To convert improper fractions into mixed fractions let us divide the given fraction and then we have to write the divisor as whole number and quotient as the numerator and the remainder as the numerator.

So, for 17÷8 we get 2 as quotient and 1 as remainder.

So, Mixed fraction = 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\).

Therefore, by converting the improper fraction into mixed fraction we get2 \(\frac{1}{8}\).

 

Page 106 Exercise 3.9 Problem 10

We are given an improper fraction to convert into mixed fraction or a whole number.

Given – \(\frac{27}{3}\).

As we can see that 27 is divisible by 3 at 9th time.

So,\(\frac{27}{3}\) is 9.

Therefore, we can say that by converting \(\frac{27}{3}\) into whole number we get 9.

 

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Solutions Chapter 3 Fractions Exercises 3.1

Primary Mathematics Chapter 3 Fractions

Chapter 3 Fractions Exercise 3.1 Solutions Page 81 Exercise 3.1 Problem 1

Given: \(\frac{1}{2}\)= \(\frac{4}{8}\)

To find –  The numerator by observing the given figure.

Here the number of black boxes denotes the numerator.

The number of black boxes + a number of white boxes denotes the denominator. (i.e. total number of boxes)

By observing the figure , \(\frac{1}{2}\)= \(\frac{4}{8}\)

The numerator by observing the given figure.\(\frac{1}{2}\)= \(\frac{4}{8}\)

Page 81 Exercise 3.1 Problem 2

Given: \(\frac{6}{10}=\frac{}{5}\)

To find the numerator by observing the given figure.

Here the number of black boxes denotes the numerator.

The number of black boxes + a number of white boxes denotes the denominator. (i.e. total number of boxes)

By observing the figure , \(\frac{6}{10}=\frac{3}{5}\)

The numerator by observing the given figure: \(\frac{6}{10}=\frac{3}{5}\)

Page 81  Exercise 3.1 Problem 3

Given: \(\frac{2}{3}=\frac{6}{}\)

To find -The denominator by observing the given figure.

Here the number of black boxes denotes the numerator.

The number of black boxes + a number of white boxes denotes the denominator. (i.e. total number of boxes)

By observing the figure \(\frac{2}{3}=\frac{6}{9}\)( Here the LHS is multiplied and divided by 3 to obtain the RHS)

The numerator by observing the given figure: \(\frac{2}{3}=\frac{6}{9}\)

Page 81  Exercise 3.1 Problem 4

Given: \(\frac{9}{12} = \frac{3}{}\)

To find – The denominator by observing the given figure.

Here the number of black boxes denotes the numerator.

The number of black boxes + a number of white boxes denotes the denominator. (i.e. total number of boxes)

By observing the figure, \(\frac{9}{12}=\frac{3}{4}\)

The numerator by observing the given figure: \(\frac{9}{12}=\frac{3}{4}\)

Primary Mathematics 4A Chapter 3 Step-By-Step Solutions For Exercise 3.1 Page 81  Exercise 3.1 Problem 5

Given: \(\frac{1}{4}\)

To find – The equivalent fraction by observing the given figure.

Here the number of black boxes denotes the numerator.

The number of black boxes + a number of white boxes denotes the denominator. (i.e. total number of boxes)

By observing the figure, \(\frac{1}{4}\)= \(\frac{3}{12}\) ( Here the LHS is multiplied and divided by 3 to obtain the RHS)

The numerator by observing the given figure: \(\frac{1}{4}\)= \(\frac{3}{12}\)

Page 81  Exercise 3.1 Problem 6

Given: \(\frac{4}{5}\)

To find – The equivalent fraction by observing the given figure.

Here the number of black boxes denotes the numerator.

The number of black boxes + a number of white boxes denotes the denominator. (i.e. total number of boxes)

By observing the figure, \(\frac{4}{5}\)= \(\frac{8}{10}\)( Here the LHS is multiplied and divided by 2 to obtain the RHS)

The numerator by observing the given figure: \(\frac{4}{5}\)= \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Page 81  Exercise 3.1 Problem 7

Given: \(\frac{6}{12}\)

To find – The equivalent fraction by observing the given figure.

Here the number of black boxes denotes the numerator.

The number of black boxes + a number of white boxes denotes the denominator. (i.e. total number of boxes)

By observing the figure, \(\frac{6}{12}\)= \(\frac{1}{2}\) ( Here the RHS is multiplied and divided by 6 to obtain the LHS)

The equivalent fraction:\(\frac{6}{12}\)= \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Page 81  Exercise 3.1 Problem 8

Given: \(\frac{12}{6}\)

To find – The equivalent fraction by observing the given figure.

Here the number of black boxes denotes the numerator.

The number of black boxes + a number of white boxes denotes the denominator. (i.e. total number of boxes)

By observing the figure, \(\frac{12}{6}\)= \(\frac{3}{4}\) ( Here the RHS is multiplied and divided by 4 to obtain the LHS)

The equivalent fraction \(\frac{12}{6}\)= \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Fractions Exercise 3.1 Primary Mathematics Workbook Answers  Page 82  Exercise 3.1 Problem 9

Given: Eight pairs of equivalent fractions have been given.

We have to join each pair with a straight line.

If we do it correctly, we will get four rectangles.

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions page 82 Exercise 3.1 Problem 9 , pair 1

The eight pair of equivalent fractions joined:

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions page 82 Exercise 3.1 Problem 9 , pair 2

 

Page 83  Exercise 3.1  Problem 10

Given: \(\frac{1}{3}=\frac{2}{6}=\frac{3}{-}=\frac{}{12}\)

To find –  The missing numerator and denominator in each set of equivalent fractions.

Let the missing denominator be x

Let the missing numerator be y.

The equation can be rewritten as \(\frac{1}{3}=\frac{2}{6}=\frac{3}{x}=\frac{y}{12}\)

Equating the first and the third fraction.

​⇒ \(\frac{1}{3}\)= \(\frac{3}{x}\)

⇒ x = 9

Equating the first and the fourth fraction.

​​⇒ \(\frac{1}{3}\)=\(\frac{y}{12}\)

​​⇒ y \(\frac{12}{3}\)

​​⇒ y = 4

Substituting values of x and y

⇒ \(\frac{1}{3}=\frac{2}{6}=\frac{3}{x}=\frac{y}{12}\)

⇒ \(\frac{1}{3}=\frac{2}{6}=\frac{3}{9}=\frac{4}{12}\)

The missing numerator and denominator in each set of equivalent fractions ⇒   \(\frac{1}{3}=\frac{2}{6}=\frac{3}{9}=\frac{4}{12}\)

Common Core Primary Mathematics 4A Chapter 3 Solved Examples For 3.1 Page 83  Exercise 3.1  Problem 11

Given: \(\frac{5}{10}=\frac{4}{6}=\frac{4}{-}\)

To find – The missing numerator and denominator in each set of equivalent fractions.

Let the missing denominator be y

Let the missing numerator be x.

The equation can be rewritten as \(\frac{5}{10}=\frac{x}{6}=\frac{4}{y}\)

Equating the first and the second fraction.

​​⇒ \(\frac{5}{10}\)= \(\frac{x}{6}\)

​​⇒  x \(=\frac{6(5)}{10}\)

​​⇒ x =  3

Equating the first and the third fraction.

​​⇒ \(\frac{5}{10}\)\(=\frac{4}{y}\)

​​⇒ y \(=\frac{4(10)}{5}\)

​​⇒ y = 8

Substituting values of x and y

⇒ \(\frac{5}{10}=\frac{x}{6}=\frac{4}{y}\)

⇒ \(\frac{5}{10}=\frac{3}{6}=\frac{4}{8}\)

The missing numerator and denominator in each set of equivalent fraction

⇒ \(\frac{5}{10}=\frac{3}{6}=\frac{4}{8}\)

Solutions For Fractions Exercise 3.1 In Primary Mathematics 4A Page 83 Exercise 3.1 Problem 12

Given: \(\overline{12}=\frac{4}{-}=\frac{1}{4}\)

To find the missing numerator and denominator in each set of equivalent fractions.

Let the missing denominator be y

Let the missing numerator be x.

The equation can be rewritten as \(\frac{x}{12}=\frac{4}{y}=\frac{1}{4}\)

Equating the first and the third fraction.

⇒ \(\frac{x}{12}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)

⇒ x = \(\frac{12}{4}\)

⇒ x = 3

Equating the second and the third fraction.

⇒  \(\frac{4}{y}\)= \(\frac{1}{4}\)

⇒  y = 4(4)

⇒ y = 16

Substituting values of x and y

⇒ \(\frac{x}{12}=\frac{4}{y}=\frac{1}{4}\)

⇒ \(\frac{3}{12}=\frac{4}{16}=\frac{1}{4}\)

The missing numerator and denominator in each set of equivalent fractions ⇒\(\frac{3}{12}=\frac{4}{16}=\frac{1}{4}\)

Detailed Solutions For Exercise 3.1 Fractions In 4A Workbook Page 83  Exercise 3.1 Problem 13

Given: \(\frac{3}{-}=\frac{6}{8}=\frac{}{12}\)

To find – The missing numerator and denominator in each set of equivalent fractions.

Let the missing denominator be y

Let the missing numerator be x.

The equation can be rewritten as \(\frac{3}{y}=\frac{6}{8}=\frac{x}{12}\)

Equating the first and the second fraction.

​​⇒ \(\frac{3}{y}\)= \(\frac{6}{8}\)

​⇒ y = \(\frac{3(8)}{6}\)

⇒ y = 4

Equating the second and the third fraction.

​⇒  \(\frac{6}{8}\) = \(\frac{x}{12}\)

⇒ x = \(\frac{12(6)}{8}\)

⇒x = 9

Substituting values of x and y

⇒ \(\frac{3}{y}=\frac{6}{8}=\frac{x}{12}\)

⇒ \(\frac{3}{4}=\frac{6}{8}=\frac{9}{12}\)

The missing numerator and denominator in each set of equivalent fractions ⇒\(\frac{3}{4}=\frac{6}{8}=\frac{9}{12}\)

Page 83  Exercise 3.1 Problem 14

Given: \(\frac{12}{10}=\frac{10}{10}=\frac{}{8}\)

To find – The missing numerator and denominator in each set of equivalent fractions.

Let the missing denominator be y

Let the missing numerator be x.

The equation can be rewritten as \(\frac{12}{y}=\frac{10}{10}=\frac{x}{8}\)

Equating the first and the second fraction.

⇒  \(\frac{12}{y}\) = \(\frac{10}{10}\)

y = 12

Equating the second and the third fraction.

⇒ \(\frac{10}{10}\)= \(\frac{x}{8}\)

⇒ \(\frac{12}{12}\)=\(\frac{10}{10}\)=\(\frac{8}{8}\)

The missing numerator and denominator in each set of equivalent fractions ⇒ \(\frac{12}{12}\)=\(\frac{10}{10}\)=\(\frac{8}{8}\)

Page 84  Exercise 3.1 Problem 15

Given: \(\frac{9}{12}\)

To write – The fractions in their simplest form.

The given fraction can be written as ⇒ \(\frac{9}{12}\)= \(\frac{3×3}{3×4}\)

Canceling 3 in the numerator and the denominator

⇒ \(\frac{9}{12}\)= \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Therefore, the simplest form of ⇒ \(\frac{9}{12}\)= \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Step-By-Step Guide For Fractions Exercise 3.1 In 4A Workbook Page 84  Exercise 3.1 Problem 16

Given: \(\frac{8}{10}\)

To write – The fractions in their simplest form.

The given fraction can be written as

⇒ \(\frac{8}{10}\) = \(\frac{4×2}{5×2}\)

Canceling 2 in the numerator and the denominator

⇒ \(\frac{8}{10}\)= \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Therefore, the simplest form of ⇒ \(\frac{8}{10}\)= \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Page 84  Exercise 3.1 Problem 17

Given: \(\frac{10}{15}\)

To write – The fractions in their simplest form.

The given fraction can be written as

⇒ \(\frac{10}{15}\)= \(\frac{5×2}{5×3}\)

Canceling 5 in the numerator and the denominator

⇒ \(\frac{10}{15}\)= \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Therefore, the simplest form of \(\frac{10}{15}\)= \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Exercise 3.1 Fractions Page 84  Exercise 3.1 Problem 18

Given: \(\frac{9}{18}\)

To write  – The fractions in their simplest form.

The given fraction can be written as

⇒ \(\frac{9}{18}\) = \(\frac{9}{9(2)}\)

Canceling 2 in the numerator and the denominator

⇒ \(\frac{9}{18}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Therefore, the simplest form of ⇒ \(\frac{9}{18}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Page 84  Exercise 3.1 Problem 19

Given: \(\frac{8}{20}\)

To write –  The fractions in their simplest form.

The given fraction can be written as

⇒ \(\frac{8}{20}\)= \(\frac{4×2}{4×5}\)

Canceling 2 in the numerator and the denominator,

⇒\(\frac{8}{20}\)= \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Therefore, the simplest form of ⇒\(\frac{8}{20}\)= \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Chapter 3 Fractions Exercise 3.1 Breakdown With Solutions Page 84 Exercise 3.1 Problem 20

Given: \(\frac{18}{24}\)

To write –  The fractions in their simplest form.

The given fraction can be written as

⇒ \(\frac{18}{24}\)= \(\frac{6×3}{6×4}\)

Canceling 2 in the numerator and the denominator

⇒ \(\frac{18}{24}\)= \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Therefore, the simplest form of ⇒ \(\frac{18}{24}\)= \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Page 84  Exercise 3.1 Problem 21

Given: \(\frac{12}{30}\)

To write – The fractions in their simplest form.

The given fraction can be written as;

⇒ \(\frac{12}{30}\)= \(\frac{6×2}{6×5}\)

Canceling 6 in the numerator and the denominator,

⇒ \(\frac{12}{30}\)= \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Therefore, the simplest form of \(\frac{12}{30}\)= \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Page 84 Exercise 3.1 Problem 22

Given: \(\frac{20}{60}\)

To write  – The fractions in their simplest form.

The given fraction can be written as;

⇒ \(\frac{20}{60}\)= \(\frac{10×2}{6×5×3}\)

Canceling 10 and 2 in the numerator and the denominator

⇒ \(\frac{20}{60}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Therefore, the simplest form of ⇒ \(\frac{20}{60}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Page 85  Exercise 3.2  Problem 1

Given:  Fractional numbers \( \frac{5}{7}, \frac{5}{12}, \frac{11}{18}, \frac{12}{25}\)

The question is to find which of the fractions are greater than \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Compare the numerator and denominator. The fraction will be greater than \(\frac{1}{2}\) , If and only if the denominator is greater than 2×numerator

If we compare the numerator and denominator of each fraction

For, \(\frac{5}{7}\) denominator 7 is not greater than 2 × numerator

∴ So, it is not greater than \(\frac{1}{2}\)

For ,\(\frac{5}{12}\) , denominator 12 is greater than 2 × numerator

∴ So, it is greater than \(\frac{1}{2}\).

For , \(\frac{11}{18}\) denominator 18 is not greater than 2 × numerator

∴ So, it is not greater than \(\frac{1}{2}\).

\(\frac{12}{25}\) denominator 25 is greater than 2 × numerator

∴ So, it is greater than \(\frac{1}{2}\).

From the above step, it is clear that there are two numbers among the given fractions which are greater than \(\frac{1}{2}\)

They are \(\frac{5}{12}\) and \(\frac{12}{25}\)

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions page 85 Exercise 3.2 Problem 1 , Fraction 1

 

Therefore, out of the given fractional numbers ,\( \frac{5}{7}, \frac{5}{12}, \frac{11}{18}, \frac{12}{25}\),the numbers that are greater than are circled.

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions page 85 Exercise 3.2 Problem 1 , Fraction 2

Common Core 4A Chapter 3 Exercise 3.1 Solutions Page 85 Exercise 3.2  Problem 2

Given:  Fractional numbers \(\frac{1}{3}, \frac{1}{5}, \frac{12}{25}, \frac{5}{12}\)

The question is to find which of the fractions are greater than \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Compare the numerator and denominator. If the denominator is greater than 4 × numerator, then that value of the fraction will be greater than \(\frac{1}{4}\)

If we compare the numerator and denominator of each fraction

For \(\frac{1}{3}\), denominator 3 is not greater than 4 × numerator

∴  So, it is not greater than \(\frac{1}{4}\)

For, \(\frac{1}{5}\) , denominator 5 is greater than 4 × numerator

∴ So, it is greater than\(\frac{1}{4}\)

For, \(\frac{12}{25}\) , denominator 25 is not greater than 4 × numerator

∴ So, it is not greater than \(\frac{1}{4}\)

For , \(\frac{5}{12}\), denominator 12 is not greater than 4×numerator

∴ So, it is not greater than \(\frac{1}{4}\)

From the above step, it is clear that there are only one number among the given fractions which are greater than \(\frac{1}{4}\) It is \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions page 85 Exercise 3.2 Problem 2, Fraction 1

Therefore, out of the given fractional numbers \(\frac{1}{3}, \frac{1}{5}, \frac{12}{25}, \frac{5}{12}\) the numbers that are greater than \(\frac{1}{4}\) are circled.

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions page 85 Exercise 3.2 Problem 2, Fraction 2

Page 85  Exercise 3.2 Problem 3

Given: Fractional numbers \(\frac{6}{7}, \frac{6}{8}, \frac{8}{9}, \frac{7}{8}\)

The question is to find which of the fractions are closer to 1.

Write the fraction in decimals and compare the answers.

Finding the decimal value of each fraction will give,

⇒ \(\frac{6}{7}\) = 0.8571

⇒ \(\frac{6}{8}\) = 0.75

⇒ \(\frac{8}{9}\) = 0.8889

⇒ \(\frac{7}{8}\) = 0.875

From the above values, the closest to 1 is 0.8889.

So, the fraction closest to 1 among the given fractional numbers is \(\frac{8}{9}\)

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions page 85 Exercise 3.2 Problem 3, Fraction 1

Therefore the fraction closest to 1 is \(\frac{8}{9}\)

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions page 85 Exercise 3.2 Problem 3, Fraction 2

Page 86  Exercise 3.2   Problem 4

Given:  Fractional numbers \(\frac{3}{13}, \frac{8}{13}, \frac{5}{13}, \frac{11}{13}\)

The question is to arrange the given fractions in ascending order.

As all the denominators are the same, by comparing the numerator, the numbers can be arranged.

If all the denominators of the given numbers are same then the number with least numerator will be the smallest number.

While comparing the given numbers, they can be arranged in increasing order as,

⇒ \(\frac{3}{13}<\frac{5}{13}<\frac{8}{13}<\frac{11}{13}\)

Therefore, the given numbers can be arranged in increasing order as  ⇒ \(\frac{3}{13}<\frac{5}{13}<\frac{8}{13}<\frac{11}{13}\)

Page 86 Exercise 3.2 Problem 5

Given:  Fractional numbers \(\frac{2}{3}, \frac{2}{9}, \frac{2}{7}, \frac{2}{5}\)

Question is to arrange the given fractions in ascending order.

As all the numerators are same, by comparing the denominators, the numbers can be arranged.

If all the numerator of the given numbers are same then the number with the greatest denominator will be the smallest number.

While comparing the given numbers, they can be arranged in increasing order as,

⇒ \(\frac{2}{9}<\frac{2}{7}<\frac{2}{5}<\frac{2}{3}\)

Therefore, the given numbers can be arranged in increasing order as ⇒  \(\frac{2}{9}<\frac{2}{7}<\frac{2}{5}<\frac{2}{3}\)

Exercise 3.2 Page 86 Problem 6

Given:  Fractional numbers \(\frac{2}{5}, \frac{3}{10}, \frac{7}{10}\)

The question is to arrange the given fractions in ascending order.

By finding LCM, make the denominators of all given fractions equal.

As all the denominators are the same, by comparing the numerator, the numbers can be arranged.

Make the denominators the same by finding the LCM.

LCM = 10

⇒  \(\frac{2×2}{5×2}\)\(\frac{3}{10}\), \( \frac{7}{10}\)

⇒  \(\frac{4}{10}\), \(\frac{3}{10}\), \( \frac{7}{10}\)

If all the denominators of the given numbers are the same then the number with the least numerator will be the smallest number.

While comparing the given numbers, they can be arranged in increasing order as,

⇒ \(\frac{3}{10}<\frac{4}{10}<\frac{7}{10}\)

⇒ \(\frac{3}{10}<\frac{4}{10}<\frac{7}{10}\)

Therefore, the given numbers can be arranged in increasing order  ⇒ \(\frac{3}{10}<\frac{4}{10}<\frac{7}{10}\)

 Page 86  Exercise 3.2 Problem 7

Given:  Fractional numbers \(\frac{1}{2}, \frac{3}{4}, \frac{5}{12}\)

The question is to arrange the given fractions in ascending order.

By finding LCM, make the denominators of all given fractions equal.

As all the denominators are the same, by comparing the numerator, the numbers can be arranged.

Make the denominators the same by finding the LCM.

LCM = 2 × 2 × 3

LCM=12

Then the numbers will become

⇒ \(\frac{1×6}{2×6}\), \(\frac{3×3}{4×3}\), \(\frac{5}{12}\)

⇒ \(\frac{6}{12}\), \(\frac{9}{12}\), \(\frac{5}{12}\)

If all the denominators of the given numbers are same then the number w ⇒ ith least numerator will be the smallest number.

While comparing the given numbers, they can be arranged in increasing order as,

⇒ \(\frac{5}{12}<\frac{6}{12}<\frac{9}{12}\)

⇒ \(\frac{5}{12}<\frac{6}{12}<\frac{9}{12}\)

Therefore, the given numbers can be arranged in increasing order as ⇒ \(\frac{5}{12}<\frac{6}{12}<\frac{9}{12}\)

 Page 86 Exercise 3.2 Problem  8

Given: Fractional numbers\(\frac{1}{8}\),\(\frac{2}{10}\), \(\frac{11}{12}\),\(\frac{3}{4}\)

The question is to arrange the given fractions in ascending order.

By finding LCM, make the denominators of all given fractions equal. As all the denominators are the same, by comparing the numerator, the numbers can be arranged.

Make the denominators the same by finding the LCM.

LCM =2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 5

LCM = 120

Then the numbers will become

⇒ \(\frac{1×15}{8×15}\),\(\frac{2×12}{10×12}\),\(\frac{11×10}{12×10}\), \(\frac{3×30}{4×30}\)

⇒ \(\Rightarrow \frac{15}{120}, \frac{24}{120}, \frac{110}{120}, \frac{90}{120}\)

If all the denominators of the given numbers are the same then the number with the least numerator will be the smallest number.

While comparing the given numbers, they can be arranged in increasing order as,

⇒ \(\frac{15}{120}<\frac{24}{120}<\frac{90}{120}<\frac{110}{120}\)

⇒ \(\Rightarrow \frac{1}{8}<\frac{2}{10}<\frac{3}{4}<\frac{11}{12}\)

Therefore, the given numbers can be arranged in increasing order as ⇒ \(\frac{1}{8}<\frac{2}{10}<\frac{3}{4}<\frac{11}{12}\)

Exercise 3.2 Page 86 Problem 9

Given: Fractional numbers \(\frac{12}{15}, \frac{3}{5}, \frac{7}{15}, \frac{3}{7}\)

The question is to arrange the given fractions in ascending order.

By finding LCM, make the denominators of all given fractions equal

As all the denominators are the same, by comparing the numerator, the numbers can be arranged.

Make the denominators the same by finding the LCM.

LCM = 7 × 5 × 3

LCM = 105

Then the numbers will become

⇒ \(\frac{12×7}{15×7}\), \(\frac{3×21}{5×21}\), \(\frac{7×7}{15×7}\), \(\frac{3×15}{7×15}\)

⇒ \(\frac{84}{105}, \frac{63}{105}, \frac{49}{105}, \frac{45}{105}\)

If all the denominators of the given numbers are same then the number with least numerator will be the smallest number.

While comparing the given numbers, they can be arranged in increasing order as

⇒ \(\frac{45}{105}<\frac{49}{105}<\frac{63}{105}<\frac{84}{105}\)

⇒ \(\frac{3}{7}<\frac{7}{15}<\frac{3}{5}<\frac{12}{15}\)

Therefore, the given numbers can be arranged in increasing order as  ⇒ \(\frac{3}{7}<\frac{7}{15}<\frac{3}{5}<\frac{12}{15}\)

Page 87  Exercise 3.3 Problem 1

Given:  Margery has a 1 yd long ribbon that she wants to cut it into equal lengths that are either \(\frac{1}{6}\) yd, \(\frac{2}{6}\) yd, \(\frac{3}{6}\) y long.,

The question is to color the given figure to show different ways of getting it done and write addition equations.

The addition of a fractional number can be done by making their denominators same.

As the denominators are same here, just by adding directly, answers can be obtained.

There are 3 ways that Margery can cut this 1 yd ribbon into equal pices of length.

The first way is to cut the ribbon into 6 pieces of \(\frac{1}{6}\) yd length.

⇒ \(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}=1\)

The second way is to cut the ribbon into 3 pieces of \(\frac{2}{6}\) yd length.

⇒ \(\frac{2}{6}\)+\(\frac{2}{6}\)+\(\frac{2}{6}\)= 1

The third way is to cut the ribbon into 3 pieces of \(\frac{3}{6}\) yd length.

⇒ \(\frac{3}{6}\)+ \(\frac{3}{6}\)= 1

It can be represented as

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions page 87 Exercise 3.3 Problem 1

Therefore, Margery can cut the 1 yd ribbon into equal pieces of length in 3 different ways.

⇒ By cutting the ribbon into 6 pieces of \(\frac{1}{6}\) yd length.

⇒ By cutting the ribbon into 3 pieces of \(\frac{2}{6}\) yd length.

⇒ By cutting the ribbon into 2 pieces of \(\frac{3}{6}\) yd length.

Page 88  Exercise 3.3  Problem 2

Given:  Figure

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions page 88 Exercise 3.3 Problem 2 Figure 1

Question is to color the figure as \(\frac{2}{5}\) red and \(\frac{1}{5}\) yellow and add them.

Color the figure accordingly and add them by following properties of addition of fractional numbers.

Given figure colored according to the given fraction latex]\frac{2}{5}[/latex] red and \(\frac{1}{5}\) yellow Will be as follows

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions page 88 Exercise 3.3 Problem 2 Figure 2

The denominator of the given numbers are equal. So, addition can be don directly.

Adding the numbers will give

⇒ \(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\)= \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Therefore, the sum of the given fractional numbers ⇒  \(\frac{2}{5}\) red and \(\frac{1}{5}\) yellow is \(\frac{3}{5}\).The figure is colored accordingly as

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions page 88 Exercise 3.3 Problem 2 Figure 3

Page 88  Exercise 3.3 Problem 3

Given:  Figure

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions page 88 Exercise 3.3 Problem 3 Figure 1

Question is to color the figure as \(\frac{2}{8}\) blue and \(\frac{5}{8}\)green and add them.

Color the figure accordingly and add them by following properties of addition of fractional numbers.

Given figure colored according to the given fraction \(\frac{2}{8}\) blue and \(\frac{5}{8}\)green Will be as follows

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions page 88 Exercise 3.3 Problem 3 Figure 2

The denominator of the given numbers are equal.

So, addition can be don directly.

Adding the numbers will give

⇒ \(\frac{2}{8}\)+\(\frac{5}{8}\)= \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Therefore, the sum of the given fractional numbers\(\frac{2}{8}\) blue and \(\frac{5}{8}\)green is \(\frac{7}{8}\) The figure is colored accordingly as

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions page 88 Exercise 3.3 Problem 3 Figure 3

Page 88  Exercise 3.3 Problem 4

Given:  Figure

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions page 88 Exercise 3.3 Problem 4 Figure 1

Question is to color the figure as \(\frac{3}{6}\) red and \(\frac{2}{6}\) blue and them.

Color the figure accordingly and add them by following properties of addition of fractional numbers.

Given figure colored according to the given fraction \(\frac{3}{6}\) red and \(\frac{2}{6}\) blue will be as follows

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions page 88 Exercise 3.3 Problem 4 Figure 2

The denominator of the given numbers are equal. So, addition can be don directly.

Adding the numbers will give

⇒ \(\frac{3}{6}\)+ \(\frac{2}{6}\)= \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Therefore, the sum of the given fractional numbers ⇒  \(\frac{3}{6}\) red and \(\frac{2}{6}\) blue The figure is colored accordingly as

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions page 88 Exercise 3.3 Problem 4 Figure 3

Page 88  Exercise 3.3 Problem 5

Given:  Figure

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions page 88 Exercise 3.3 Problem 5 Figure 1

Question is to color the figure as \(\frac{4}{10}\) yellow and \(\frac{3}{10}\) red and add them.

Color the figure accordingly and add them by following properties of addition of fractional numbers.

Given figure colored according to the given fraction \(\frac{4}{10}\) yellow and \(\frac{3}{10}\) red will be as follows

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions page 88 Exercise 3.3 Problem 5 Figure 2

The denominator of the given numbers are equal. So, addition can be don directly.

Adding the numbers will give

\(\frac{4}{10}\) +\(\frac{3}{10}\)= \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Therefore, the sum of the given fractional numbers \(\frac{4}{10}\) yellow and \(\frac{3}{10}\) red is\(\frac{7}{10}\) The figure is colored accordingly as

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions page 88 Exercise 3.3 Problem 5 Figure 3

Page 89  Exercise 3.3 Problem 6

Given:  A set of additions and a figure.

Question is to color the given figures that contain the answers of the given additions.

Addition of a fractional number can be done by making their denominators same.

As the denominators are same here, just by adding directly, answers can be obtained.

Addition of the given expression can be done a

1) \(\frac{1}{2}+\frac{1}{2}\)= 1

2) \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

3) \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)

4) \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{3}{5}\)

5) \(\frac{3}{6}\) + \(\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{5}{6}\)

6) \(\frac{1}{7}\) + \(\frac{4}{7}\) = \(\frac{5}{7}\)

7) \(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{6}{8}\)

8) \(\frac{2}{9}\) + \(\frac{5}{9}\) = \(\frac{7}{9}\)

9) \(\frac{2}{10}+\frac{7}{10}\)= \(\frac{9}{10}\)

So, the answers of the given additions are 1, \(\frac{1}{2}\),\(\frac{2}{3}\),\(\frac{3}{5}\),= \(\frac{5}{6}\), \(\frac{5}{7}\) , \(\frac{7}{9}\), \(\frac{9}{10}\) and respectively.

Now, the number of legs of a spider can be found by coloring the figures that contain the answers.

 

From the figure, after coloring, the number appearing is 8 . So, number of legs of a spider is 8.

Therefore, the answers of the given additions are 1, \(\frac{1}{2}\),\(\frac{2}{3}\),\(\frac{3}{5}\),= \(\frac{5}{6}\), \(\frac{5}{7}\), \(\frac{7}{9}\), \(\frac{9}{10}\) and respectively.

After coloring the figures that contain the answers, the number of legs of a spider is obtained as 8.

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions page 89 Exercise 3.3 Problem 6 Figure 2

Page 90  Exercise 3.3 Problem 7

Given: Expression

\(\frac{1}{5}\)+\(\frac{1}{5}\)+\(\frac{1}{5}\) = ______

The question is to find the missing number by adding the given numbers.

The addition of a fractional number can be done by making their denominators the same.

As the denominators are the same here, just by adding directly, answers can be obtained.

The missing number can be found by adding the numerators directly as the denominators are the same.

⇒\(\frac{1}{5}\)+\(\frac{1}{5}\)+\(\frac{1}{5}\)=\(\frac{1+1+1}{5}\)

⇒ \(\frac{1}{5}\)+\(\frac{1}{5}\)+\(\frac{1}{5}\)= \(\frac{3}{5}\)

So the missing number is found to be \(\frac{3}{5}\).

Therefore, the missing number in the given expression\(\frac{1}{5}\)+\(\frac{1}{5}\)+\(\frac{1}{5}\)=______ is found to be ⇒  \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Page 90  Exercise 3.3  Problem 8

Given: Expression \(\frac{1}{5}\)+\(\frac{3}{5}\)+\(\frac{1}{5}\) =_____

The question is to find the missing number by adding the given numbers.

The addition of a fractional number can be done by making their denominators the same.

As the denominators are the same here, just by adding directly, answers can be obtained.

The missing number can be found by adding the numerators directly as the denominators

⇒ \(\frac{1}{5}\)+\(\frac{3}{5}\)+\(\frac{1}{5}\)=\(\frac{1+3+1}{5}\)

⇒ \(\frac{1}{5}\)+\(\frac{3}{5}\)+\(\frac{1}{5}\)= \(\frac{5}{5}\)

⇒ \(\frac{1}{5}\)+\(\frac{3}{5}\)+\(\frac{1}{5}\)=1

So the missing number is found to be 1.

Therefore, the missing number in the given expression \(\frac{1}{5}\)+\(\frac{3}{5}\)+\(\frac{1}{5}\)______ is found to be 1.

Page 90  Exercise 3.3 Problem 9

Given: Expression \(\frac{3}{8}\)+\(\frac{1}{8}\)+\(\frac{1}{8}\)=______

The question is to find the missing number by adding the given numbers.

The addition of a fractional number can be done by making their denominators the same.

As the denominators are the same here, just by adding directly, answers can be obtained.

The missing number can be found by adding the numerators directly as the denominators are the same.

⇒ \(\frac{3}{8}\)+\(\frac{1}{8}\)+\(\frac{1}{8}\)=\(\frac{3+1+1}{8}\)

⇒ \(\frac{3}{8}\)+\(\frac{1}{8}\)+\(\frac{1}{8}\)= \(\frac{5}{8}\)

So the missing number is found to be \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Therefore, the missing number in the given expression \(\frac{3}{8}\)+\(\frac{1}{8}\)+\(\frac{1}{8}\)=______ is found to be ⇒  \(\frac{5}{8}\).

Page 90  Exercise 3.3 Problem 10

Given:  Expression \(\frac{1}{9}\)+\(\frac{2}{9}\)+\(\frac{4}{9}\)=______

The question is to find the missing number by adding the given numbers.

The addition of a fractional number can be done by making their denominators the same.

As the denominators are the same here, just by adding directly, answers can be obtained.

The missing number can be found by adding the numerators directly as the denominators are the same.

⇒ \(\frac{1}{9}\)+\(\frac{2}{9}\)+\(\frac{4}{9}\)= \(\frac{1+2+4}{9}\)

⇒ \(\frac{1}{9}\)+\(\frac{2}{9}\)+\(\frac{4}{9}\) = \(\frac{7}{9}\)

Therefore, the missing number in the given expression \(\frac{1}{9}\)+\(\frac{2}{9}\)+\(\frac{4}{9}\)=______ is found to be ⇒  \(\frac{7}{9}\)

Page 90 Exercise 3.3 Problem 11

Given: Expression \(\frac{2}{7}\)+ \(\frac{2}{7}\) + \(\frac{2}{7}\)=_______

The question is to find the missing number by adding the given numbers.

Addition of a fractional number can be done by making their denominators same.

As the denominators are same here, just by adding directly, answers can be obtained.

The missing number can be found by adding the numerators directly as the denominators are same.

⇒ \(\frac{2}{7}\)+ \(\frac{2}{7}\)+ \(\frac{2}{7}\)=\(\frac{2+2+2}{7}\)

⇒ \(\frac{2}{7}\)+ \(\frac{2}{7}\)+ \(\frac{2}{7}\) = \(\frac{6}{7}\)

So the missing number is found to be \(\frac{6}{7}\)

Therefore, the missing number in the given expression \(\frac{2}{7}\)+ \(\frac{2}{7}\)+ \(\frac{2}{7}\)=______ is found to be  ⇒ \(\frac{6}{7}\)

Page 90  Exercise 3.3  Problem 12

Given: Expression \(\frac{5}{9}\)+ \(\frac{2}{9}\)+ \(\frac{2}{9}\)=______

The question is to find the missing number by adding the given numbers.

Addition of a fractional number can be done by making their denominators the same.

As the denominators are the same here, just by adding directly, answers can be obtained.

The missing number can be found by adding the numerators directly as the denominators are the same.

⇒\(\frac{5}{9}\)+ \(\frac{2}{9}\)+ \(\frac{2}{9}\)=\(\frac{5+2+2}{9}\)

⇒\(\frac{5}{9}\)+ \(\frac{2}{9}\)+ \(\frac{2}{9}\)= \(\frac{9}{9}\)

⇒\(\frac{5}{9}\)+ \(\frac{2}{9}\)+ \(\frac{2}{9}\)=1

So the missing number is found to be 1.

Therefore, the missing number in the given expression \(\frac{5}{9}\)+ \(\frac{2}{9}\)+ \(\frac{2}{9}\)=______ is found to be 1.

Page 90 Exercise 3.3 Problem 13

Given: Expression \(\frac{3}{10}\)+ \(\frac{2}{10}\)+ \(\frac{1}{10}\)=______

The question is to find the missing number by adding the given numbers.

Addition of a fractional number can be done by making their denominators same.

As the denominators are same here, just by adding directly, answers can be obtained.

The missing number can be found by adding the numerators directly as the denominators are same.

⇒\(\frac{3}{10}\)+ \(\frac{2}{10}\)+ \(\frac{1}{10}\)=\(\frac{3+2+1}{10}\)

⇒\(\frac{3}{10}\)+ \(\frac{2}{10}\)+ \(\frac{1}{10}\)= \(\frac{6}{10}\)

So the missing number is found to be \(\frac{6}{10}\)

Therefore, the missing number in the given expression \(\frac{3}{10}\)+ \(\frac{2}{10}\)+ \(\frac{1}{10}\)=______ is found to be \(\frac{6}{10}\)

Page 90  Exercise 3.3  Problem 14

Given: Expression \(\frac{5}{12}\)+ \(\frac{1}{12}\)+ \(\frac{3}{12}\)=______

The question is to find the missing number by adding the given numbers.

Addition of a fractional number can be done by making their denominators same.

As the denominators are same here, just by adding directly, answers can be obtained.

The missing number can be found by adding the numerators directly as the denominators are same.

⇒ \(\frac{5}{12}\)+ \(\frac{1}{12}\)+ \(\frac{3}{12}\)= \(\frac{5+1+3}{12}\)

⇒ \(\frac{5}{12}\)+ \(\frac{1}{12}\)+ \(\frac{3}{12}\)=\(\frac{9}{12}\)

So the missing number is found to be \(\frac{9}{12}\)

Therefore, the missing number in the given expression \(\frac{5}{12}\)+ \(\frac{1}{12}\)+ \(\frac{3}{12}\)=______ is found to be ⇒  \(\frac{9}{12}\)

Page 90  Exercise 3.3  Problem 15

Given: Figure

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions page 90 Exercise 3.3 Problem 15 Figure 1

The question is to find the missing numbers by addition.

Addition of a fractional number can be done by making their denominators the same.

As the denominators are the same here, just by adding directly, answers can be obtained.

Finding the missing numbers in clockwise direction

let the missing numbers be denoted as x

1)  x + \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 1

⇒  x = 1- \(\frac{1}{3}\)

⇒ x = \(\frac{2}{3}\)

2) x  + \(\frac{1}{4}\)  =1

⇒ x = 1− \(\frac{1}{4}\)

⇒ x = \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Similarly, the next missing numbers can be found by subtracting the given number from 1.

3)  x = 1− \(\frac{2}{5}\)

⇒  x = \(\frac{3}{5}\)

4)  x = 1− \(\frac{1}{6}\)

⇒ x = \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Further calculating

5) x = 1− \(\frac{5}{8}\)

x = \(\frac{3}{8}\)

6)  x = 1\(\frac{7}{10}\)

x = \(\frac{3}{10}\)

7) x = 1− \(\frac{2}{9}\)

x = \(\frac{7}{9}\)

As all the answers are in their simplest form, the figure will look like

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions page 90 Exercise 3.3 Problem 15 Figure 2

Therefore, the missing numbers in the given figure is obtained as

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 3 Fractions page 90 Exercise 3.3 Problem 15 Figure 3

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Solutions Chapter 2 The Four Operations Of Whole Numbers Exercises 2.1

Primary Mathematics Chapter 2 The Four Operations Of Whole Numbers

Chapter 2 The Four Operations Of Whole Numbers Exercise 2.1 Solutions Page 40  Exercise 2.1  Problem 1

To find – The sum of

7 ​ 4  2  3
+ 6  5  2
_________

Place the digits under respective place values.

Add the digits in each place value, and continue this process till we add the digits in all the place values.

Referring to the question and placing digits under respective place values

7  4  2  3
+ 6  5  2
___________

Adding the digits in each place value

Th H ​ T O
7  4  2  3
+  6  5  2
___________
8 0 7 5

Hence, the sum of ⇒ 7 4 2 3 + 6 5 2 =  8075.

 

Page 40  Exercise 2.1  Problem 2

To find – The sum of

2  3  5  7
+ 6  5  2
__________

Place the digits under respective place values.

Add the digits in each place value taking the carryover, if any, to the next column to the left, and add it along with the digit in that place value.

Continue this process till we add the digits in all the place values.

Referring to the question and placing digits under respective place values,

Th H ​ T O
2   3  5  7
+  6  5  2
___________

Adding the digits in each place value

Th H ​ T  O
2   3  5   7
+  6  5   2
_____________
3 0 0 9

Hence, the sum of ⇒ 2 3 5 7 + 6 5 2 =  3009.

 

Primary Mathematics 4A Chapter 2 Step-By-Step Solutions For Exercise 2.1 Page 41  Exercise 2.1  Problem 3

Given: Some numbers.

To find – The difference between the given numbers.

The difference between two numbers is nothing but the subtraction of the smallest number from the largest number.

Follow the steps given below.

Complete the subtractions in the first row.

The first difference (subtraction) is given by

​ 5  6  7  8
1  2  3  4

____________
4 4 4 4

The second difference (subtraction) is given by

​ 8 4 3 2

− 9 7 6
_________
7 4 5 6

The third difference (subtraction) is given by

​ 5  1  2  3
1  2  3  4

_________
3 8 8 9

Complete the subtractions in the second row.

The first difference (subtraction) is given by

​ 3  0  0  0
2  8  7  4

__________
1 2 6

The second difference (subtraction) is given by

​ 9 0 0 1
− 1 2 8
__________
8 8 7 3

The third difference (subtraction) is given by

​ 6  0  6  0
3  6  8  7

__________
2 3 7 3

Complete the subtractions in the third row.

The first difference (subtraction) is given by

​ 5  2  6  2
4  9  0  8

__________
3 5 4

The second difference (subtraction) is given by

​ 1 0 0 6
− 8 9 7
___________
1 0 9

The third difference (subtraction) is given by

​ 9  0  2  2
1  1  3  4

__________
7 8 8 8

Complete the subtractions in the fourth row.

The first difference (subtraction) is given by

​4 2 0 0
1 5 3 2

_________
2 6 6 8

The second difference (subtraction) is given by

​ 1 9 8 2
− 9 9 9
_________
9 8 3

The third difference (subtraction) is given by

​ 7 2 5 8

6 1 8 9
_
__________
1 0 6 9

The complete difference for each expression is given below.

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 2 The Four operations Of Whole Numbers Exercises 2.1- 2.7 , Page 41 Exercise 2.1 Problem 3, table

 

The Four Operations Exercise 2.1 Primary Mathematics Workbook Answers Page 41  Exercise 2.1  Problem 4

Given: Some numbers in a box.

To find – The name of the city which is a landmark of Golden Bridge.

Referring to Exercise 2.1 above table it is obtained that

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 2 The Four operations Of Whole Numbers Exercises 2.1- 2.7 , Page 41 Exercise 2.1 Problem 4, table 1

Observe that, the first given number 109 corresponds to the letter “S” in the above table.

The second given number 1069 corresponds to the letter “A “ in the above table.

The third given number 3889 corresponds to the letter “N “ in the above table, and so on…

Finally, in this way, all the letters will form the word “SAN FRANCISCO” as shown in the table below.

 

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 2 The Four operations Of Whole Numbers Exercises 2.1- 2.7 , Page 41 Exercise 2.1 Problem 4, table 3

The city that is the landmark of Golden Bridge is “SAN FRANCISCO” which is represented by the following table.

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 2 The Four operations Of Whole Numbers Exercises 2.1- 2.7 , Page 41 Exercise 2.1 Problem 4, table 2

 

Common Core Primary Mathematics 4A Chapter 2 Solved Examples For 2.1 Page 42   Exercise 2.2  Problem 1

To find – The sum of

⇒ ​8 + 2

⇒ 28 + 2

⇒ 328 + 2

⇒ 6,328 + 2

Place the digits under respective place values.

Add the digits in each place value, and continue this process till we add the digits in all the place values.

Referring to the question and placing digits under respective place values for each sum

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 2 The Four operations Of Whole Numbers Exercises 2.1- 2.7 , Page 42 Exercise 2.2 Problem 1 Digit 1

Adding the digits in each place value

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 2 The Four operations Of Whole Numbers Exercises 2.1- 2.7 , Page 42 Exercise 2.2 Problem 1 Digit 2


Hence, the addition is  ⇒  8 + 2 = 10 28 + 2 = 30 328 + 2 = 330, and 6,328 + 2 = 6330.

 

Solutions For The Four Operations Exercise 2.1 In Primary Mathematics 4A Page 42  Exercise 2.2  Problem 2

To find – The sum of

⇒ ​4 + 6

⇒ 54 + 6

⇒ 254 + 6

⇒ 3,254 + 6

Place the digits under respective place values.

Add the digits in each place value, and continue this process till we add the digits in all the place values.

Referring to the question and placing digits under respective place values for each sum

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 2 The Four operations Of Whole Numbers Exercises 2.1- 2.7 , Page 42 Exercise 2.2 Problem 2 Digit 1

Adding the digits in each place value,

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 2 The Four operations Of Whole Numbers Exercises 2.1- 2.7 , Page 42 Exercise 2.2 Problem 2 Digit 2

Hence, the addition is ⇒  4 + 6 = 10 , 54 + 6 = 60,  254 + 6 = 260, and 3,254 + 6 = 3260.

 

Detailed Solutions For Exercise 2.1 The Four Operations In 4A Workbook Page 42  Exercise 2.2  Problem 3

To find – The sum of 2,457 + 4

Place the digits under the respective place values.

Add the digits in each place value, and continue this process till we add the digits in all the place values.

Referring to the question and placing digits under respective place values for each sum

​Th  H  T  O
​​​​​​​​​​2   4   5  7
​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​+           4
​____________

Adding the digits in each place value

​Th H  T  O
​​​​​​​​​​ 2  4  5  7
​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​ +         4
_________
​​​​​​​​​​​​2 4 6 1

Hence, the addition is ⇒ 2,457 + 4 = 2461.

 

Page 42  Exercise 2.2  Problem 4

Given: 2,839 + 6

We have to find the sum of these numbers.

Place the digits under respective place values.

Add the digits in each place value, and continue this process till we add the digits in all the place values.

Referring to the question and placing digits under respective place value for each sum

Th  ​H  T  ​ O
2    8   3  9
+            6
___________

Adding the digits in each place value and taking carry over

Th  ​H ​ T ​O
2   8  3  9
+          6
____________
2  8  4  5

Hence, the addition will be ⇒  2,839 + 6 = 2845.

 

Step-By-Step Guide For The Four Operations Exercise 2.1 In 4A Workbook Page 43  Exercise 2.2  Problem 5

To subtract

⇒ ​10 − 6

⇒ 40 − 6

⇒ 250 − 6

⇒ 5,230 − 6

Place the digits under respective place values.

Beginning with the ones, we go on subtracting place value wise borrowing if necessary, from the next place value to the left.

Referring to the question and placing digits under respective place value for each sum

​TO    TO ​​   HTO   ​​ThHTO
10     40    250      5230
−6    −6     −6         −6
_________________________

Subtracting the digits in each place value

​TO  TO  ​​ HTO ​​ ThHTO
10   40    250    5230
−6  −6     −6       −6
______________________
4     34     244    5224

Hence, the result of subtraction is ⇒ 10 − 6 = 4, 40 − 6 = 34, 250 − 6 = 244, and  5,230 − 6 = 5224.

 

Page 43  Exercise 2.2  Problem 6

To subtract

⇒ 10 − 9

⇒ 100 − 9

⇒ 1,000 − 9

⇒ 2,000 − 9

Place the digits under respective place values.

Beginning with the ones, we go on subtracting place value wise, borrowing if necessary, from the next place value to the left.

Referring to the question and placing digits under respective place value for each sum

​TO  HTO ​​ ThHTO  ​​ThHTO
10   100    1000      2000
−9    −9       −9         −9
_____________________________

Subtracting the digits in each place value


​TO  HTO ​​ ThHTO  ​​ThHTO
10   100    1000       2000
−9    −9       −9          −9
______________________________
1      91        991         1991

Hence, the result of subtraction is ⇒  10 − 9 = 1, 100 − 9 = 91, 1,000 − 9 = 991 and, 2,000 − 9 = 1991.

 

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Exercise 2.1 The Four Operations Page 43  Exercise 2.2  Problem 7

To subtract – 2,570 − 68.

Place the digits under respective place value.

Beginning with the ones, we go on subtracting place value wise, borrowing if necessary, from the next place value to the left.

Referring to the question and placing digits under respective place value for each sum

​Th  H  T O
​​​​​​​​​ 2   5   7 0
​​​​​​​​​​​​        −6 8
​___________

Subtracting the digits in each place value

​Th   H  T  O
​​​​​​​​​2    5   7  0
​​​​​​​​​​​​          −6 8
​_______________
2 5 0 2

Hence, the result of subtraction is 2,570 − 68 = 2,502.

 

Chapter 2 The Four Operations Exercise 2.1 Breakdown With Solutions Page 43  Exercise 2.2  Problem 8

To subtract 3,410 − 9.

Place the digits under respective place value.

Beginning with the ones, we go on subtracting place value wise, borrowing if necessary, from the next place value to the left.

Referring to the question and placing digits under respective place value for each sum

​Th  H  T O
​​​​​​​​​3   4   1 0
​​​​​​​​​​​​           −9
​____________

Subtracting the digits in each place value

​Th H T O
​​​​​​​​​3   4  1 0
​​​​​​​​​​​​         −9
​____________
3 4 0 1

Hence, the result of subtraction is 3,410 − 9 = 3,401.

 

Common Core 4A Chapter 2 Exercise 2.1 Solutions Page 44  Exercise 2.3  Problem 1

To add

⇒ ​1,582 + 9

⇒ 1,582 + 99

⇒ 1,582+999

Place the digits under respective place values.

Add the digits in each place value, and continue this process till we add the digits in all the place values.

Referring to the question and placing digits under respective place value for each sum
Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 2 The Four operations Of Whole Numbers Exercises 2.1- 2.7 , Page 44 Exercise 2.3 Problem 1 Digit 1

Subtracting the digits in each place value
Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 2 The Four operations Of Whole Numbers Exercises 2.1- 2.7 , Page 44 Exercise 2.3 Problem 1 Digit 2

Hence, the result of addition is  ⇒  1,582 + 9 =1,591, 1,582 + 99 = 1,681 and 1,582 + 999 = 2,581.

 

Page 44  Exercise 2.3  Problem 2

To add

​⇒ 2,756+8

⇒ 2,756+98

⇒ 2,756+998

Place the digits under respective place values.

Add the digits in each place value, and continue this process till we add the digits in all the place values.

Referring to the question and placing digits under respective place value for each sum

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 2 The Four operations Of Whole Numbers Exercises 2.1- 2.7 , Page 44 Exercise 2.3 Problem 2 Digit 1

Subtracting the digits in each place value

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 2 The Four operations Of Whole Numbers Exercises 2.1- 2.7 , Page 44 Exercise 2.3 Problem 2 Digit 2

Hence, the result of addition is ⇒ 2,756 + 8 = 2,764, 2,756 + 98 = 2,854 and 2,756 + 998 = 3,754.

 

Page 44  Exercise 2.3  Problem 3

Given: 1963 + 98

To find: Add or subtract. By using mathematical operation we can add it or solve it.

First, we perform operation that is given

Adding 1963 and 98 ⇒ 1963 + 98 = 2061

Addition is 1963 + 98 = 2061

 

Page 44  Exercise 2.3  Problem 4

Given: 7981 − 99

To find – Subtract.By using given operation we can solve it.

Subtracting 99 into 7981 ⇒ 7981 − 99 = 7882

Subtraction is 7981 − 99 = 7882

 

Page 44  Exercise 2.3  Problem 5

Given: 9405 − 998

To find –  Subtract

We can write, 9405 − 998 = 8407 (Subtracting)

Subtraction is 9405− 998 = 8407

 

Page 44  Exercise 2.3  Problem 6

Given: 3824+997

To find –  Find addition.

By using mathematical operation, we can write

3824 + 997 = 4821 (Adding 3824 and 997)

Addition is 3824 + 997 = 4821

 

Page 44  Exercise 2.3  Problem 7

Given: 6448 + 199

To find – Solve addition.

First, we write, 6448 + 199 = 6647 (Adding 6448 and 199, and simplify)

The addition is 6448 + 199 = 6647

 

Page 44  Exercise 2.3  Problem 8

Given: 5832 − 598

To find – Subtract the given number.

By using mathematical operation we can solve it.

5832−598 = 5234 (Subtracting 598 from 5832, and simplify)

Subtraction is 5832−598 = 5234

 

Page 45  Exercise 2.3  Problem 9

Given: 2100 − 80

To find –  Subtract.

By using mathematical operation we can solve it.

2100 − 80 = 2020  (Subtracting 80from 2100, and simplify)

Subtraction is 2100 − 80 = 2020

 

Page 45  Exercise 2.3  Problem 10

Given: 2700 − 98

To find – Subtract 2700 and 98

By using mathematical operation we can solve it.

2700 − 98 = 2602  (Subtracting 98from 2700, and simplify)

Subtraction is 2700 − 98 = 2602

 

Page 45  Exercise 2.3  Problem 11

Given: 3200 − 54

To find – Subtract the given numbers.

By using mathematical operation we can solve it.

3200−54 = 3146    (Subtracting 54 from 3200, and simplify)

Subtraction is 3200 − 54 = 3146

 

Page 45  Exercise 2.3  Problem 12

Given: 3900−99

To find – SubtractBy using mathematical operation

3900 − 99 = 3801 (Subtracting 99 from 3900, and simplify)

Subtraction is 3900 − 99 = 3801

 

Page 45  Exercise 2.3  Problem 13

Given: 4200 − 98

To find – SubtractWe have

4200 − 98 = 4102 (Subtracting 98 from 4200, and simplify)

Subtraction is 4200 − 98 = 4102

 

Page 45  Exercise 2.3  Problem  14

Given: 3000 − 400

To find – Subtract 400 from 3000

First, we can write

3000−400=2600(Subtracting and simplify)

Subtraction is  3000 − 400 = 2600

 

Page 45  Exercise 2.3  Problem 15

Given: 3000 − 750

To find – Subtract

We can solve it by using the operation,

3000 − 750 = 2250    (Subtracting 750 from 3000 and simplify)

Subtraction is  3000 − 750 = 2250

 

Page 45  Exercise 2.3  Problem 16

Given: 3000−530

To find –  Subtract

By using mathematical operation we can solve it

3000−530 = 2470  (Subtracting 530from 3000, and simplify)

Subtraction is 3000−530 = 2470

 

Page 45  Exercise 2.3  Problem 17

Given: 3000−999

To find –  Subtract

We have, 3000−999 = 2001 (Subtracting 999 from 3000 , and simplify)

Subtraction is 3000 − 999 = 2001

 

Page 45  Exercise 2.3  Problem 18

Given: 4000−998

To find – Subtract

We have, 4000 − 998 = 3002 (Subtracting 998 from 4000 , and simplify)

Subtraction is 4000 − 998 = 3002

 

Page 46  Exercise 2.4  Problem 1

Given: 3890+14

To find – Add 3890 and 14

By using mathematical operation (addition) we can solve it.

We have

3890+14 = 3904 (Add 3890 and 14, and simplify)

Addition is 3890+14 = 3904

 

Page 46  Exercise 2.4  Problem 2

Given: 3598+42

To find – Add 3598 and 42

By solving mathematical operation we can solve it

3598 + 42 = 3640 (Add 3598 and 42, and simplify)

Addition is 3598 + 42 = 3640

 

Page 46  Exercise 2.4  Problem 3

Given: 4264 + 38

To find – Add 4264  and 38

We first write given operation and then solve

4264 + 38 = 4302 (Add 4264 and 38, and simplify)

Addition is 4264 + 38 = 4302

 

Page 46  Exercise 2.4  Problem 4

Given: 2700 + 324

To find – Add 2700 + 324

By using addition we can solve it

2700 + 324 = 3024 (Add 2700 and 324, and simplify)

Addition is 2700 + 324 = 3024

 

Page 46  Exercise 2.4  Problem 5

Given: 2997+203

To find – Add 2997+203

By using addition we can solve it

2997 + 203 = 3200 (Add 2997 and 203, and simplify)

Addition is 2997 + 203 = 3200

 

Page 46  Exercise 2.4  Problem 6

Given: 2998 + 275

To find – Add 2998 and 275

By using addition we can solve it

2998 + 275 = 3273 (Add 2998 and 275, and simplify)

Addition is 2998275 = 3273

 

Page 47  Exercise 2.4  Problem 7

Given: 2543 + 68 =​_____

To find –  Write the missing numbers.

By using mathematical operations we can solve it

2543 + 60 = 2603

2603 + 8 = 2611

First, we add  +60 into 2543 and then we add +8  into 2603

Answer is ⇒ 2543+ 60 = 2603, 2603 + 8 = 2611, 2543 + 68 = 2611

 

Page 47  Exercise 2.4  Problem 8

Given: 3276 + 2040​ =​ __​_____

To find – Write the missing numbers.

First, we add 2000 and then we add 40 into 5276

3276 + 2000 = 5276

5276 + 40 = 5316

3276 + 2040 = 5316

Missing numbers are ⇒ 3276 + 2000 = 5276, 5276 + 40 = 5316, 3276 + 2040 = 5316

 

Page 47  Exercise 2.4  Problem 9

Given:  3524 − 630 = ​______

To find – Write the missing number.

By using mathematical operations we can solve.

First, we subtract 600 and then subtract 30 from 3524

3524−600 = 2924

2924−30 = 2894

3524−630 = 2894

Missing numbers are ⇒  3524 − 600 = 2924, 2924 − 30 = 2894,  3524 − 630 = 2894

 

Page 47  Exercise 2.4  Problem 10

Given: 4261−2500=?

To find – Write missing numbers.

By using mathematical operations we can solve it.

\(4261 \stackrel{-2000}{\longrightarrow} 2261 \stackrel{-500}{\longrightarrow} 1761\)

 

4261- 2500 = 1761

The missing numbers are  ⇒ \(4261 \stackrel{-2000}{\longrightarrow} 2261 \stackrel{-500}{\longrightarrow} 1761\), \(4261-2500\)= 1761

 

Page 47  Exercise 2.4  Problem 11

Given: 3423 − 607

To find – Subtract 607 from 3423

Subtracting 607 from 3423 we get, 3423−607 = 2816

The subtraction is 2816.

 

Page 47  Exercise 2.4  Problem 12

Given: 5697 − 2700

To find – Subtract 2700 from 5697

Subtracting 2700 from 5697 we get, 5697−2700=2997

Subtraction is 2997.

 

Page 48  Exercise 2.5  Problem 1

Given: 319  + 589

To find –  Round each number to the nearest hundred then estimate it.

First, we round each number to the nearest hundred then we solve it.

​319 + 589

300 + 600 = 900

The estimate value of expression is 900.

 

Page 48  Exercise 2.5  Problem 2

Given: 782 − 509

To find – Round the number to nearest hundred then estimate it.

First, we write round the number to nearest hundred then solve it.

​780  −  ​509
↓          ↓
800 ​−  500 = 300

The estimate value of expression is 300.

 

Page 48  Exercise 2.5  Problem 3

Given: 792 + 204

To find – Round the number to nearest hundred then estimate expression.

First, we round the number to nearest hundred then solve.

792  ​+  204
↓           ↓
800  +  200 = 1000

The estimate value of expression is 1000.

 

Page 48 Exercise 2.5  Problem 4

​Given: 903 − 288

To find – Round the number to nearest hundred then estimate expression.

First, we round the number to nearest hundred then solve.

903   −   288
↓            ↓
900   −  300 = 600

The estimate value of expression is 600.

 

Page 48  Exercise 2.5  Problem 5

Given: 612 + 589

To find – Round the number to nearest hundred then estimate expression.

First, we round the number to nearest hundred then solve.

612  ​+  ​589
↓           ↓
600 ​ +  600 = 1200

The estimate value of expression  is 1200.

 

Page 48  Exercise 2.5  Problem 6

Given: 892−328

To find – Round the number to nearest hundred then estimate expression.

First, we round the number to nearest hundred then estimate expression.

892 ​ − ​ 328
↓           ↓
900  ​−  300 = 600

The estimate value of expression is 600.

 

Page 48  Exercise 2.5  Problem 7

Given: 1798 + 416

To find – Round the number to nearest hundred then estimate it.

First, we round the number to nearest hundred then solve.

​1798 ​ +   416
↓              ↓
​1800  +   400 = 2200

The estimate value of expression is 2200.

 

Page 48  Exercise 2.5  Problem 8

Given: 2304−996

To find – Round the number to nearest hundred then estimate value of expression.

First, we round the number to nearest hundred then solve.

2304  ​−  996 ​
↓            ↓
2300 ​−  1000 = 1300

​The estimate value of expression is 1300.

 

Page 49  Exercise 2.5  Problem 9

Given: 296 + 109 + 394

To find – Round the number to nearest hundred then solve.

First, we round the number to nearest hundred then solve it.

296 ​ +  ​109  ​+  ​  394
↓           ↓            ↓
300  +  100   +  400 = 800

The estimate value of expression is 800.

 

Page 49  Exercise 2.5  Problem 10

Given: 704 − 196 − 312

To find –  Round the number to nearest hundred then solve it.

First, we round the number to nearest hundred then solve it.

704  −​ 196  −  ​312
↓          ↓          ↓
700​ −  200  −  300 = 200

The estimate value of expression is 200.

 

Page 49  Exercise 2.5  Problem 11

Given: 998 − 194 + 97

To find – Round the number to nearest hundred then solve it.

First, we round the number to nearest hundred then solve it.

998   ​−  ​194   + ​97
↓            ↓            ↓
1000 ​−  200  + 100 = 900

​The estimate value of expression is 900.

 

Page 49  Exercise 2.5  Problem 12

Given: 499 + 301 − 29

To find – Round the number to nearest hundred then solve it.

First, we round the number to nearest hundred then solve it.

499  +  ​301 −  29
↓           ↓         ↓
500 +  300  − 30 = 770

The estimate value of expression is 770.

Page 49  Exercise 2.5  Problem 13

Given: 1992 − 67 + 489

To find – Round the number to nearest hundred then solve it.

First, we round the number to nearest hundred then solve it.

2000 − 70 + 500 = 2430

The estimate value of expression is 2430.

 

Page 49  Exercise 2.5  Problem 14

Given: 2409 + 593 − 708

To find – Round the number to nearest hundred then solve it.

First, we round the number to nearest hundred then solve it.

2400 + 600 − 700 = 2300

The estimate value of expression is 2300.

 

Page 49  Exercise 2.5  Problem 15

Given: 1109 − 98 + 392

To find – Round the number to nearest hundred then solve it.

First, we round the number to nearest hundred then solve it.

1100 − 100 + 400 = 1410

The estimate value of expression is 1410.

 

Page 49  Exercise 2.5  Problem 16

Given: 3012 + 62 + 402

To find – Round the number to nearest hundred then solve it.

First, we round the number to nearest hundred then solve it.

3010 + 70 + 400 = 3480

The estimate value of expression is 3480.

 

Page 50  Exercise 2.6  Problem 1

Given: 4670

European stamps and 698 African stamps more than European stamps.

To find – Total stamps altogether.

First, we write given stamps and then we add all stamps.

​European − Stamps ​ →   African − stamps ​   →      Total−stamps
4670         +                        4670    +   698        =

4670         +                              5368                 =       10038

​Sarah have 10038 total stamps.

 

Page 50  Exercise 2.6  Problem 2

Given: I Drove 325 miles on Saturday.

To find – How many miles did she travels on two days?

First, we add 49 miles to 325 miles for Sunday drove then we calculate for both days drove.

325miles + 49miles = 374miles on Sunday.

For two days travel is:

325miles + 374miles = 699miles

Mrs. Charles did travels on both days are 699 miles.

 

Page 51  Exercise 2.6  Problem 3

Given: Cost $3225 for Piano.

To find – How much more money does she need?

First, we add total money then we subtract total money from the Piano cost.

Total money,  $1950 + $625 = $2575

Now she needs money more

$3225 − $2575 = $650

Mrs. Gina need $650 more money.

 

Page 51  Exercise 2.6  Problem 4

Given: Earned $2365 in January, $2740 in February.

To find –  How much did he saved?

First, we calculate both months earned money then we subtract spend money from earned money.

Earned in January = $2365

Earned in February ($2365+$375) = $2740

Total = $2365 + $2740

= $5105

He spent $4250, Now we calculate saving $5105 − $4250=$855, Mr. Mudley save $855.

 

Page 52  Exercise 2.7  Problem 1

We are given to estimate and multiply for  82 × 6.

So, the nearest round figure for 82 is 80.

So, the estimation will be  80 × 6 = 480.

Therefore, the estimated product is  80 × 6 = 480.

 

Page 52  Exercise 2.7  Problem 2

We are given to estimate and multiply for  79 × 6.

So, the nearest round figure for  79 is 80.

So, the estimation will be  80 × 7 = 560.

Therefore, the estimated product is  80 × 7 = 560.

 

Page 52  Exercise 2.7  Problem 3

We are given to estimate and multiply for 83 × 8.

So, the nearest round figure for 83 is 80.

So, the estimation will be 80 × 8 = 640.

Therefore, the estimated product is 80 × 8 = 640

 

Page 52  Exercise 2.7  Problem 4

We are given to estimate and multiply for 96 × 9.

So, the nearest round figure for 96  is 100.

So, the estimation will be 100 × 9 = 900.

Therefore, the estimated product is 100 × 9 = 900.

 

Page 53  Exercise 2.7  Problem 5

We are given to estimate and multiply for  213 × 5.

So, the nearest round figure for  213 is 200.

So, the estimation will be 200 × 5 = 1000.

Therefore, the estimated product is 200 × 5 = 1000.

 

Page 53  Exercise 2.7  Problem 6

We are given to estimate and multiply for 497 × 4.

So, the nearest round figure for 497 is 500.

So, the estimation will be 500 × 4 = 2000.

Therefore, the estimated product is 500 × 4 = 2000.

 

Page 53  Exercise 2.7  Problem 7

We are given to estimate and multiply for 706 × 8.

So, the nearest round figure for 706 is 700.

So, the estimation will be 700 × 8 = 5600.

Therefore, the estimated product is 700 × 8= 5600.

 

Page 53  Exercise 2.7  Problem 8

We are given to estimate and multiply for 898 × 7.

So, the nearest round figure for 898 is 900.

So, the estimation will be 900 × 7 = 6300.

Therefore, the estimated product is 900 × 7 = 6300.

 

Page 54  Exercise 2.7   Problem  9

We are given to multiply the given numbers:

By multiplying, we get

⇒ 34 × 4 = 136

⇒ 47 × 5 = 235

⇒ 228 × 3 = 684

⇒ 219 × 6 = 1314

⇒ 357 × 7 = 2499

⇒ 285 × 9 = 2565

⇒ 356 × 8 = 2848

⇒ 489 × 9 = 4401

Therefore, by multiplying the given numbers we get the below answers.

⇒ 34 × 4 = 136

⇒ 47 × 5 = 235

⇒ 228 × 3 = 684

⇒ 219 × 6 = 1314

⇒ 357 × 7 = 2499

⇒ 285 × 9 = 2565

⇒ 356 × 8 = 2848

⇒ 489 × 9 = 4401

 

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Solutions Chapter 2 The Four Operations Of Whole Numbers Exercises 2.8

Primary Mathematics Chapter 2 The Four Operations Of Whole Numbers

 

Chapter 2 The Four Operations Of Whole Numbers Exercise 2.8 Solutions Page 55  Exercise 2.8  Problem 1

We are given to estimate and multiply for 1893 × 4.

So, the nearest round figure for 1893 is 2000.

So, the estimation will be 2000 × 4 = 8000.

Therefore, the estimated product is 2000 × 4 = 8000.

 

Page 55  Exercise 2.8  Problem 2

We are given to estimate and multiply for 4036×7.

So, the nearest round figure for 4036 is 4000

So, the estimation will be 4000×7=28000

Therefore, the estimated product is 4000×7=28000.

 

Page 55  Exercise 2.8  Problem 3

We are given to estimate and multiply for 5987×8.

So, the nearest round figure for 6000 is 5987.

So, the estimation will be 4000 × 7 = 28000.

Therefore, the estimated product is 6000 × 8 = 48000.

 

Primary Mathematics 4A Chapter 2 Step-By-Step Solutions For Exercise 2.8 Page 55  Exercise 2.8  Problem 4

We are given to estimate and multiply for 8195 × 9.

So, the nearest round figure for 8000 is 8195.

So, the estimation will be 8000 × 9 = 72000.

Therefore, the estimated product is 8000 × 9 = 72000.

 

Page 56  Exercise 2.9  Problem 1

We are given that the hotel received 1320 stems of flowers each month and it is also given that the hotel received for 6 months.

We have to find the total number of stems of flowers did manager received.

Which is the product of a number of stems received per month and a number of months.

​= 1320 × 6

= 7920

Therefore, the total number of flowers that the hotel received altogether is 7920.

 

The Four Operations exercise 2.8 Primary Mathematics Workbook answers Page 56  Exercise 2.9 Problem 2

We are given that a bottle contains red beads and white beads.

The number of red beads is three times the number of white beads.

If there are 1875 red beads then we have to find white beads.

Which is three times of red beads.

​= 1875 × 3

= 5625

Therefore, the total number of white beads are 5625.

 

Page 57  Exercise 2.9  Problem 3

We are given that Mrs Wiley earned $2350 in January.

She earned $500 in February.

In March, she earned twice as much as in February.

We have to find the amount earned by Wiley in March.

Money earned in February is = $2350 + $500 = $2850.

Hence money earned in March is = 2 × $2850 = $5700.

Therefore, the money earned by Wiley in March is $5700.

 

Common Core Primary Mathematics 4A Chapter 2 Solved Examples For 2.8 Page 58  Exercise 2.9  Problem 4

It is given David bought 2 computers at $3569 each.

He had $2907 left with the money.

We are asked how much money he have at first.

The total money that he have at first is the sum of cost of the computers and the remaining amount.

Cost of two computers is = 2 × 3569

= $7138

The total money that he have at first is  = 7138 + 2907

= $10045

Therefore, the total money that he have at first is $10045.

 

Solutions For The Four Operations Exercise 2.8 In Primary Mathematics 4A Page 58  Exercise 2.9  Problem 5

It is given that 5 people shared a sum of money.

2 of them received Others received

We are asked to find the sum of the money.

Sum of the money is the sum of the two people’s money and the other’s people money.

Two people’s money is = 2 × 4356 = 8712.

Other people’s money is = 3 × 3807 = 11421.

Therefore, total money is = 8712 + 11421 = 20133.

Therefore, the sum of money is $20133.

 

Page 59  Exercise 2.10 Problem 1

We are given to estimate and then divide for the given numbers.

Given: 292 ÷ 4

We have to round of the large number to the nearest second number’s multiple for estimating.

By rounding off, 292 will become 280.

So

= 280 ÷ 4 = 70

Therefore, by estimating and dividing the given number, we get 70.

 

Detailed Solutions For Exercise 2.8 The Four Operations In 4A Workbook Page 59  Exercise 2.10 Problem 2

We are given to estimate and then divide for the given numbers.

Given:  378 ÷ 6

We have to round of the large number to nearest second number’s multiple for estimating.

By rounding off, 378 will become 360.

So

= 360 ÷ 6 = 60

Therefore, by estimating and dividing the given number, we get 70.

 

Page 59  Exercise 2.10 Problem 3

We are given to estimate and then divide for the given numbers.

Given:  651 ÷ 7

We have to round of the large number to nearest second number’s multiple for estimating.

By rounding off, 651 will become 630.

So

= 630 ÷ 7 = 90

Therefore, by estimating and dividing the given number, we get 90.

 

Step-By-Step Guide For The Four Operations Exercise 2.8 In 4A Workbook Page 59  Exercise 2.10 Problem 4

We are given to estimate and then divide for the given numbers.

Given:  801 ÷ 9

We have to round of the large number to nearest second number’s multiple for estimating.

By rounding off, 801 will become 810.

So

= 810 ÷ 9 = 90

Therefore, by estimating and dividing the given number, we get 90.

 

Page 60  Exercise 2.10  Problem 5

We are asked to fill the empty cells in the given table using the answers.

Let us find the quotients and remainders.

After that let us fill the table with the correct divisors.

Let us solve the divisions

For  68 ÷ 4, the remainder is 0 and the quotient is 17.

For  96 ÷ 8  remainder is 0 and the quotient is 12.

For  98 ÷ 7  remainder is 0 and the quotient is 14.

For  635 ÷ 5 remainder is 0 and the quotient is 127.

For 963 ÷ 9 remainder is 0 and the quotient is 107.

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 2 The Four operations Of Whole Numbers Exercises 2.8- 2.16, Page 60 Exercise 2.10 Problem 5 table 1

Therefore the filled table is

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 2 The Four operations Of Whole Numbers Exercises 2.8- 2.16, Page 60 Exercise 2.10 Problem 5 table 2

 

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Exercise 2.8 The Four Operations Page 61  Exercise 2.11  Problem 1

We are given to estimate and then divide for the given numbers.

Given:  2475÷5

We have to round of the large number to nearest second number’s multiple for estimating.

By rounding off, 2475 will become 2500.

So

= 2500 ÷ 5 = 500

Therefore, by estimating and dividing the given number, we get 500

 

Page 61  Exercise 2.11  Problem 2

We are given to estimate and then divide for the given numbers.

Given:  3594÷6

We have to round of the large number to nearest second number’s multiple for estimating.

By rounding off, 3594 will become 3600.

So

= 3600 ÷ 6 = 600

Therefore, by estimating and dividing the given number, we get 600.

 

Chapter 2 The Four Operations Exercise 2.8 Breakdown With Solutions  Page 61  Exercise 2.11  Problem 3

We are given to estimate and then divide for the given numbers.

Given:  4214 ÷ 7

We have to round of the large number to nearest second number’s multiple for estimating.

By rounding off, 4214 will become 4200.

So

= 4200 ÷ 7 = 600

Therefore, by estimating and dividing the given number, we get 600.

 

Page 61  Exercise 2.11  Problem 4

We are given to estimate and then divide for the given numbers.

Given:  6480 ÷ 9

We have to round of the large number to nearest second number’s multiple for estimating.

By rounding off, 6490 will become 6300.

So

= 6300 ÷ 9 = 700

Therefore, by estimating and dividing the given number, we get 700.

 

Common Core 4A Chapter 2 exercise 2.8 Solutions Page 62  Exercise 2.11  Problem 5

We are given to multiple or divide the given numbers.

Multiplication:

⇒ ​4023 × 3 = 12069

⇒ ​2370 × 5 = 11850

⇒ ​3208 × 9 = 28872

⇒ ​7248 × 6 = 43488

Division:

​⇒ ​5208 ÷ 4 = 1302

⇒ ​9207 ÷ 8 = 3069

⇒ ​1936 ÷ 8 = 242

⇒ ​2520 ÷ 10 = 252

Therefore, by doing multiplication and division, we get

Multiplication:

⇒ ​​4023 × 3 = 12069

⇒ ​2370 × 5 = 11850

⇒ ​3208 × 9 = 28872

⇒ ​7248 × 6 = 43488

Division:

⇒ ​​5208 ÷ 4 = 1302

⇒ ​9207 ÷ 8 = 3069

⇒ ​1936 ÷ 8 = 242

⇒ ​2520 ÷ 10 = 252

 

Common Core 4A Chapter 2 exercise 2.8 solutions Page 63  Exercise 2.11  Problem 6

We are given to replace letter n with a number to make equation true.

Given:  n × 6 = 6474

To find – The value of n .

Divide both sides by  6, and we get

​⇒ \(\frac{n \times 6}{6}\) = \(\frac{6474}{6}\)

⇒ n = 1079

Therefore, value of n is 1079.

 

Page 63  Exercise 2.11  Problem 7

We are given to replace letter n with a number to make equation true.

Given: n × 7 = 8904.

To find – The value of n .

Divide both sides by 7, and we get

​⇒  \(\frac{n \times 7}{7}\)= \(\frac{8904}{7}\)

⇒  n = 1272

Therefore, value of n is 1272.

 

Page 63  Exercise 2.11  Problem 8

We are given to replace letter n with a number to make equation true.

Given:  n × 5 = 3290.

To find – The value of n.

Divide both sides by 5, and we get

​⇒  \(\frac{n \times 5}{5}\)= \(\frac{3290}{5}\)

⇒  n = 658

Therefore, the value of n is 658.

 

Page 63  Exercise 2.11  Problem 9

We are given to replace letter n with a number to make equation true.

Given:  n ÷ 2 = 3845.

To find  – The value of n.

Multiply both sides by 2, and we get

\(\frac{n \times 2}{2}\)= 3845 × 2

⇒  n= 7690

Therefore, the value of n is 7690.

 

Page 63  Exercise 2.11  Problem  10

We are given to replace letter n with a number to make equation true.

Given:  n ÷ 3 = 4095.

To find –  The value of n.

Multiply both sides by 3, and we get

\(\frac{n \times 3}{3}\) = 4095 × 3

⇒  n = 12285

Therefore, the value of n is 12285.

 

Page 64  Exercise 2.12  Problem 1

It is given that a baker made meat pies 4

Times the number of vegetable pies.

It is given that there are 4864 meat pies.

We are asked to find how many meat pies are made more than vegetable pies.

For that we have to do number of meat pies – number of vegetable pies.

Let us consider x for vegetable pies.

Hence, from the question

4x = 4864

Or  x  = \(\frac{4864}{4}\)= 1216

Number of meat pies made more than vegetable pies are

​⇒ 4864 − 1216

⇒ 3648

Therefore, 3648 meat pies are made more than vegetable pies.

 

Page 64  Exercise 2.12 Problem 2

It is given that Margo sold three times as many pears as apples in a week.

She sold 3456 apples.

We are asked to find the number of pears did she sell.

Let us consider number of pears as x.

From the question

3x = 3456

Or  x= \(\frac{3456}{3}\)

x = 1152

Therefore, 1152 pears are sold.

 

Page 65  Exercise 2.12  Problem 3

It is given sue, Pat and Jerry shared $387 equally among themselves.

Sue gave $42 and Pat gave $28.

We are asked to find the money did Pat have in the end.

It is given that $387 is shared equally which means

=  \(\frac{387}{3}\)

=  129

Therefore, everyone have $129 with them at start.

Now, Sue gave Pat $42 means

= $129+$42

= 172

And now pat sent $28 back.

= $172 − $28 = 144

Therefore, P at have $144 at the end.

 

Page 65  Exercise 2.12  Problem 4

It is given that a sum of 1040 was divided into 8 equal parts.

It is given that Alice got 4 parts and bob got 1 part and remaining are shared equally to the other 5 members,

By dividing 8 parts, we get

=  \(\frac{1040}{8}\)

= 130

From the question we can say that Bob gets 130.

The remaining are 3 × 130 = 390.

Now Gloria have ​ \(\frac{390}{5}\)

= 78

​The amount that shared between them is 78 per each.

The number that bob exceeded than Gloria is

​= 130 − 78

= 52

Therefore, Bob has 52 more than Gloria.

 

Page 67   Exercise  2.13  Problem 1

We are given to find the multiplications for the given numbers.

For up:

B  −   21 × 13 = 273.

D  −   17 × 39 = 663

F  −    37 × 24 = 888.

G  −   83 × 79 = 6557.

For down:

A −  28 × 31 = 868.

B −   53 × 45 = 2385.

C −  59 × 63 = 3717.

E −  49 × 14 = 686.

Therefore the products of the given numbers will be

For up:

B  −   21 × 13 = 273.

D  −   17 × 39 = 663

F  −    37 × 24 = 888.

G  −   83 × 79 = 6557.

For down:

A −  28 × 31 = 868.

B −   53 × 45 = 2385.

C −  59 × 63 = 3717.

E −  49 × 14 = 686.

 

Page 69  Exercise 2.14  Problem  1 

We are given to estimate and multiply for 52 × 39.

So, the nearest round figure for 52 and 39 is 50 and 40 respectively.

So, the estimation will be 50 × 40=2000.

Therefore, the estimated product is 50 × 40 = 2000.

 

Page 69  Exercise 2.14  Problem  2 

We are given to estimate and multiply for 78 × 33.

So, the nearest round figure for 78 and 33 is 80 and 30 respectively.

So, the estimation will be 80 × 30 = 2400.

Therefore, the estimated product is 80 × 30 = 2400.

 

Page 69  Exercise 2.14  Problem  3

We are given to estimate and multiply for 29 × 87.

So, the nearest round figure for 29 and 87 is 30 and 90 respectively.

So, the estimation will be 30 × 90 = 2700.

Therefore, the estimated product is 30 × 90 = 2700

 

Page 69  Exercise 2.14  Problem  4

We are given to estimate and multiply for 92 × 71.

So, the nearest round figure for 92 and 71 is 90 and 70 respectively.

So, the estimation will be 90 × 70 = 6300.

Therefore, the estimated product is 90 × 70 = 6300.

 

Page 70  Exercise 2.14  Problem  5

We are given to estimate and multiply for 218 × 37.

So, the nearest round figure for 218 and 37 is 200 and 40 respectively.

So, the estimation will be 200 × 40 = 8000.

Therefore, the estimated product is 200 × 40 = 8000.

 

Page 70  Exercise 2.14  Problem  6

We are given to estimate and multiply for 483×59.

So, the nearest round figure for 483 and 59 is 500 and 60 respectively.

So, the estimation will be 500 × 60 = 30000.

Therefore, the estimated product is 500 × 60 = 30000.

 

Page 70  Exercise 2.14  Problem  7

We are given to estimate and multiply for 372 × 64.

So, the nearest round figure for 372 and 64 is 400 and 60 respectively.

So, the estimation will be 400 × 60 = 24000.

Therefore, the estimated product is 400 × 60 = 24000.

 

Page 70  Exercise 2.14  Problem  8

We are given to estimate and multiply for 648 × 78.

So, the nearest round figure for 648 and 78 is 600 and 80 respectively.

So, the estimation will be 600 × 80 = 48000.

Therefore, the estimated product is 600 × 80 = 48000.

 

Page 71  Exercise  2.15  Problem 1

We are asked to find the value of 36 × 9.

Which means 9 times of 36.

So, now let us find 10 times of 36 and then we can subtract 36 from it.

​= 36 × 10 − 36

= 360 − 36

= 324

Therefore, the product of 36 × 9 is 324.

 

Page 71  Exercise  2.15  Problem 2

We are asked to find the value of 58 × 99.

Which means 99 times of 58.

So, now let us find 100 times of 58 and then we can subtract 58 from it.

​= 58 × 100 − 58

= 5800 − 58

= 5742

Therefore, the product of 58 × 99 is 5742.

 

Page 71  Exercise  2.15  Problem 3

We are asked to find the value of 69×99

Which means 99 times of 69.

So, now let us find 100 times of 69 and then we can subtract 69 from it.

​= 69 × 100 − 69

= 6900 − 69

= 6831

Therefore, the product of 69 × 99 is 6831.

 

Page 71  Exercise  2.15  Problem 4

We are asked to find the value of 87×99.

Which means 99 times of 87.

So, now let us find 100 times of 87 and then we can subtract 87 from it.

​= 87 × 100 − 87

= 8700 − 87

= 8613

Therefore, the product of 87 × 99 is 8631.

 

Page 71  Exercise 2.15  Problem 5

We are asked to find the value of 68 × 50.

Which means 68 times of 50.

Now let us make 50 as 100 by rewriting 68 as 34×2.

We get

​= 34 × 2 × 50

= 34 × 100

= 3400

Therefore, the product of 68 × 50 is 3400.

 

Page 71  Exercise 2.15  Problem 6

We are asked to find the value of 32 × 25.

Which means 32 times of 25.

Now let us make 25 as 100 by rewriting 32 as 4 × 8.

We get

​= 8 × 4 × 25

= 8 × 100

= 800

Therefore, the product of 32 × 25 is 800.

 

Page 71  Exercise 2.15  Problem 7

We are asked to find the value of 84 × 25.

Which means 84 times of 25.

Now let us make 25 as 100 by rewriting 84 as 4 × 21.

We get

​= 21 × 4 × 25

= 21 × 100

= 2100

Therefore, the product of 84 × 25 is 2100.

 

Page 71  Exercise 2.15  Problem 8

We are asked to find the value of 25 × 56 .

Which means 56 times of 25.

Now let us make 25 as 100 by rewriting 84 as 4 × 14.

We get

​= 14 × 4 × 25

= 14 × 100

= 1400

Therefore, the product of 25 × 56 is 1400.

 

Page 72  Exercise 2. 15 Problem 9

We are asked to answer for the given multiplications.

Across:

⇒ ​118 × 23 = 2714

⇒ ​249 × 31 = 7719

⇒ ​329 × 18 = 5922

⇒ ​167 × 17 = 2839

⇒ ​138 × 11 = 1518

⇒ ​249 × 25 = 6225

Down:

⇒ ​895 × 31 = 27745

⇒ ​676 × 62 = 7719

⇒ ​346 × 28 = 9688

⇒ ​406 × 53 = 21518

⇒ ​119 × 29 = 3451

⇒ ​135 × 65 = 8775

Therefore, the product of the given numbers is:

Across:

⇒ ​118 × 23 = 2714

⇒ ​249 × 31 = 7719

⇒ ​329 × 18 = 5922

⇒ ​167 × 17 = 2839

⇒ ​138 × 11 = 1518

⇒ ​249 × 25 = 6225

Down:

⇒ ​895 × 31 = 27745

⇒ ​676 × 62 = 7719

⇒ ​346 × 28 = 9688

⇒ ​406 × 53 = 21518

⇒ ​119 × 29 = 3451

⇒ ​135 × 65 = 8775

 

Page 73  Exercise 2.16  Problem 1

It is given that Natalie made 14 jars of butter biscuits and 16 jars of jam biscuits.

And it is also given that they are 48 biscuits in each jar.

We have to find the total number of biscuits she made which is equal to product of number of jars and number of biscuits.

The total number of jars is

14 + 16 = 30

Therefore, the total no of biscuits are 30 × 48 = 1440.

Therefore, Natalie made 1440 biscuits altogether.

 

Page 73  Exercise 2.16  Problem 2

It is given that William bought 12 packets of yoghurt.

Each pack contains 465ml of yoghurt. He used 2500ml of yoghurt.

We have to find the remaining yoghurt.

The remaining yoghurt is equal to subtraction of total yoghurt and used yoghurt.

Total yoghurt is

​= 12 × 465

= 5580

Therefore, the remaining is

​= 5580 − 2000

= 3580ml

Therefore, 3580ml of yoghurt is left after usage.

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Solutions Chapter 2 The Four Operations Of Whole Numbers Exercise 2.17 

Primary Mathematics Chapter 2 The Four Operations Of Whole Numbers

 

Chapter 2 The Four Operations Of Whole Numbers Exercise 2.17 Solutions Page 74  Exercise 2.17  Problem 1

Given: Holly’s savings  = ​312

Leigh’s savings  = ​998

To find – How much Holly saved more than Leigh.

Here, we have the subtracted Leigh’s savings from Holly’s savings to find how much more was saved by Holly

Amount saved =  Holly’s savings – Leigh’s savings

​⇒ 10312 − 7998

⇒ 2314

Holly saved more than Leigh.

 

Page 74   Exercise 2.17  Problem 2

Given: To find the quotient and remainder when 2490 is divided by 4.

Let’s divide 2490 by 4

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 2 The Four operations Of Whole Numbers Exercise 2.17 Page 74   Exercise 2.17  Problem 2

Quotient  = 622

Remainder = 2

When 2490 is divided by 4

Quotient = 622

Remainder = 2

 

Primary Mathematics 4A Chapter 2 Step-By-Step Solutions For Exercise 2.17 Page 74  Exercise 2.17  Problem 3

Given: 1548,​397,​621

First round off the numbers to its nearest hundred.

Then, add all the numbers.

Rounding off 1548 to its nearest hundred  = 1500

Rounding off 397 to its nearest hundred = 400

Rounding off 621 to its nearest hundred = 600

Now, add all the rounded numbers.

​⇒ 1500 + 400 + 600

⇒ 2500

​Required estimate = 2500

 

The Four Operations Exercise 2.17 Primary Mathematics Workbook Answers Page 74  Exercise 2.17  Problem 4

Given: 459,24

First, find the product of the given numbers

Then, round it off to the nearest ten.

Product of 459,24:

​⇒ 459 × 24

⇒ 11016

Now, rounding off to the nearest ten.

⇒ 11020

Required estimate  ⇒ 11020

 

Page 74  Exercise 2.17  Problem 5

Given: To subtract 238 from the product of 23 and 80

First, find the product of 23 and 80

Then subtract 238 from the product.

Product of 23 and 80 :

​⇒ 23 × 80

⇒ 1840

Now, subtract 238 from the product of 23 and 80.

​⇒ 1840−238

⇒ 1602

Required answer = 1602

 

Page 75  Exercise 2.17  Problem 6

Given: Divide the sum of 352 and 698 by 5

First, find the sum of 352 and 698

Then divide by 5

Sum of 352 and 698

​⇒  352 + 698

⇒  1050

Now, divide by 5

​​⇒ \(\frac{1050}{5}\)

⇒ 210

Required answer = 210

 

Common Core Primary Mathematics 4A Chapter 2 Solved Examples For 2.17 Page 75  Exercise 2.17   Problem 7

Given:  4345 + 998​​ ◯​​ 5345 − 98

To fill – The circle with either <,> or =.

First, find the left-hand side (LHS) of the circle, and then find the right-hand side (RHS) of the circle.

If LHS is greater than RHS, use >

If LHS is smaller than RHS, use <

If LHS is equal than RHS, use =

LHS:

​⇒ 4345 + 998

⇒ 5343

RHS:

​⇒ 5345 − 98

⇒ 5247

Here, LHS is greater than RHS. 5343 is greater than 5247

Therefore, 5343>5247

The required solution is  4345+998​​>5345−98

 

Solutions for The Four Operations Exercise 2.17 In Primary Mathematics 4A Page 75  Exercise 2.17  Problem 8

Given: (600 × 8) + (5 × 8) + (3 × 8) ​​◯​​ 654 × 8

To fill – The circle with either <,> or =.

First, find the left-hand side (LHS) of the circle, and then find the right-hand side (RHS) of the circle.

If LHS is greater than RHS, use >

If LHS is smaller than RHS, use <

If LHS is equal than RHS, use =

LHS:

First, multiply the terms in the bracket and then add.

​⇒  (600 × 8) + (5 × 8) + ( 3 × 8)​​

⇒ (4800) + (5 × 8) + (3 × 8)​​

⇒ (4800) + (40) + (3 × 8)​​

⇒ (4800) + (40) + (24)​​

⇒ 4864

RHS:

​⇒  654 × 8

⇒ 5232

Here, LHS is smaller than RHS.

4864 is smaller than 5232

Therefore, 4864<5232

The required solution is (600 × 8) + (5 × 8) + (3 × 8)< 654 × 8

 

Detailed Solutions For Exercise 2.17 The Four Operations In 4A Workbook Page 75  Exercise 2.17  Problem 9

Given: 7191 ÷ ​9​​ ◯​​ 5994 ÷ 6

To fill – The circle with either <,> or =.

First, find the left-hand side (LHS) of the circle, and then find the right-hand side (RHS) of the circle.

If LHS is greater than RHS, use >

If LHS is smaller than RHS, use <

If LHS is equal than RHS, use =

LHS:

​⇒ \(\frac{7191}{9}\)

⇒ 799

LHS = 799

RHS:

​⇒ ​5994 ÷ 6

⇒ 999

RHS = 999

Here, LHS is smaller than RHS.

799 is smaller than 999

Therefore, 799<999

The required solution is 7191 ÷ 9 < 5994 ÷ 6

 

Step-By-Step Guide For The Four Operations Exercise 2.17 In 4A Workbook Page 75  Exercise 2.17  Problem  10

Given: 605 × 40​ ◯​​ 505 × 30

To fill – The circle with either <,> or =.

First, find the left-hand side (LHS) of the circle, and then find the right-hand side (RHS) of the circle.

If LHS is greater than RHS, use >

If LHS is smaller than RHS, use <

If LHS is equal than RHS, use =

LHS:

​⇒ 605 × 40

⇒ 24200

LHS = 24200

RHS:

​⇒ 505 × 30

⇒ 15150

RHS = 15150

Here, LHS is greater than RHS.

24200 is greater than 15150

Therefore, 24200>15150

The required solution is 605 × 40 > 505 × 30

 

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Exercise 2.17 The Four Operations Page 75  Exercise 2.17  Problem 11

Given: 1000−750 + 480 ÷ 3 =

To find – The value of the given expression.

By BODMAS, first, divide the expression.

Then add and subtract.

First, divide the expression.

​⇒ 1000 − 750 + 480 ÷ 3

⇒ 1000−750 + 160

Now add all the same sign terms.

​⇒ 1160 − 750

⇒ 410

The required solution is 1000 − 750 + 480 ÷ 3 = 410

 

Chapter 2 The Four Operations Exercise 2.17 Breakdown With Solutions Page 75  Exercise 2.17  Problem 12

Given: 9000−(6000−1430)

To find – The value of the given expression.

By BODMAS, first, subtract the expression in the bracket.

Then add and subtract.

First, subtract the expression in the bracket.

​⇒  9000 − (6000 − 1430)

⇒  9000 − (4570)

Now subtract the terms.

​⇒ 9000 − 4570

⇒ 4430

​The required solution is 9000 −(6000 −1430) = 4430

 

Page 75  Exercise 2.17  Problem 13

Given: 1475−(18×21)

To find –  The value of the given expression.

By BODMAS, first, multiply the expression inside brackets.

Then subtract.

First, multiply the expression inside brackets.

​⇒ 1475 − (18 × 21)

⇒ 1475 − (378)

Now subtract the terms.

​⇒ 1475 − 378

⇒ 1097

The required solution is 1475 − (18 × 21) = 1097

 

Page 75  Exercise 2.17  Problem 14

Given:  40 + 13 × (12 + 6)=

To find – The value of the given expression.

By BODMAS, first, add the expression in the brackets.

Then multiply and add.

First, add the expression in the brackets.

​⇒ 40 + 13 × (12 + 6)

⇒ 40 + 13 × (18)

Now multiply the last two terms.

​⇒ 40 + 234

⇒ 274

Therefore,40 + 13 × (12 + 6) = 274

 

Common Core 4A Chapter 2 Exercise 2.17 Solutions Page 75  Exercise 2.17  Problem 15

Given: 30 × (40 + 50)

To match the correct expression.

Here, 30 is multiplied with both 40​​and​​50

The above expression can be rewritten as ([30×40]+[30×50])

Therefore, the correct match is the price of forty 30-cent red pencils and fifty 30-cent blue pencils.

(Here ‘and’ indicate addition)

Hence,30×(40+50): The price of forty 30-cent red pencils and fifty 30-cent blue pencils.

 

Page 75  Exercise 2.17  Problem 16

Given: 30 + 40 × 50

To match the correct expression.

Here, 40​ is multiplied 50 and add 30

The above expression can be rewritten as ([1×30]+[40×50])

Therefore, the correct match is the price of one 30-cent pencils and fifty 40-cent erasers. (Here ‘and’ indicates addition)

30+40×50: The price of one 30-cent pencil and fifty 40-cent erasers.

 

Page 75  Exercise 2.17  Problem 17

Given: 30 × 40 + 50

To match the correct expression.

Here, 30 is multiplied with 40​ and then 50 is added.

The above expression can be rewritten as ([30×40]+[50×1])

Therefore, the correct match is the price of forty 30-cent red pencils and a 50-cent eraser. (Here ‘and’ indicate addition)

30+40×50: The price of forty 30-cent red pencils and a 50-cent eraser.

 

Page 76  Exercise 2.17  Problem 18

Given: Lucas made 1192 muffins. He wants to put them in bags that can hold 6 muffins each.

To find – The least number of bags he needs.

Here, we have to find how 1192 muffins can be divided into 6 muffins in each bag.

Here, divide 1192 by 6

​​⇒  \(\frac{1192}{6}\)

⇒ 198.67

So, from the above calculation, we can conclude that

Least number of bags needed =198

Therefore, the least number of bags needed = 198

 

Page 76 Exercise 2.17  Problem 19

Given: A computer costs $1857.

It costs 3 times as much as a printer.

To find – How much the computer and the printer cost altogether.

Let the cost of the printer be x

Here, the cost of the computer $1857 is 3 times the cost of the printer.

∴ 1857 = 3x

Dividing both sides by 3

x =  \(\frac{1857}{3}\)

x =  619

Therefore, the cost of the printer is $619

 

Page 77  Exercise 2.17  Problem 20

Given: Nicole and Tasha have 2000 stickers altogether. Nicole has 600 more stickers than Tasha.

To find –  Number of stickers Nicole has.

Let x be the number of stickers Nicole has.

Let y be the number of stickers Tasha has.

Nicole has 600 more stickers than Tasha.

Therefore, the number of Nicole stickers = 600+ number of Tasha stickers.

⇒  x = 600 + y

Nicole and Tasha have 2000 stickers altogether.

Number of Nicole’s stickers + Number of Tasha’s stickers = 2000

x + y = 2000

Substitute x = 600 + y in the above equation.

600 + y + y = 2000

600 + 2y = 2000

2y = 2000 − 600

2y = 1400

​y = 700

Therefore, the number of stickers Nicole have x = 600 + 700 = 1300

Therefore, the number of stickers Nicole have are  = 1300

 

Page 77   Exercise 2.17  Problem 21

Given: 2500 people took part in a cross-country race.

The number of adults was 4 times the number of children. There were 1200 men.

To find – The number of women.

Let x be the number of adults.

Let y be the number of children

2500 people took part in a cross-country race. Therefore, number of adults + number of children = 2500

x + y = 2500……. (1)

The number of adults was 4 times the number of children. ⇒  x = 4y ……….(2)

Substitute 2 in (1)

x + y = 2500

4y + y = 2500

5y = 2500

​y = 500

Therefore, number of adults  ⇒  x = 4y = 4(500) = 2000

Number of men +number of women=number of adults

⇒ 1200 +  Number of women =  2000

⇒  Number of women = 2000−1200

⇒ Number of women = 800

Therefore, the number of women are = 800

 

Page 78  Exercise 2.17  Problem 22

Given: the cost of a stereo set and a television set was shared equally among 4 people.

The television set cost $1980

The stereo set cost $1200 more than the television set.

To find – How much each person should pay.

Let the cost of the stereo set be x

The television set cost = $1980

The stereo set cost $1200 more than the television set.

Therefore, cost of stereo set = $1200 + $1980

​⇒ x = 1200 + 1980

⇒ x = 3180

The total cost of stereo set and television:

​⇒ 1980 + 3180

⇒ 5160

The cost of a stereo set and a television set was shared equally among 4 people.

∴  Amount each person should pay =\(\frac{5160}{4}\)

= 1290

Therefore the amount each person should pay is = $1290

 

Page 78  Exercise 2.17  Problem 23

Given: Jared bought a table and 12 chairs for $2400

Each chair cost $165

Let the cost of a table be x

Let the cost of a chair be y

To find – The cost of a table.

Jared bought a table and 12 chairs for $ 2400.

⇒ x + 12y = 2400

Each chair cost

Therefore, y = 165

​⇒  x + 12(165) = 2400

⇒ x + 1980 = 2400

⇒ x = 2400−1980

⇒ x = 420

Therefore, the cost of a table is $ 420

 

Page 79  Exercise 2.17  Problem 24

Given: A shopkeeper has 50 boxes of apples. There were 24 apples in each box.

He sold all the apples for $1.

To find –  How much money he received.

A shopkeeper has 50 boxes of apples.

There were 24 apples in each box.

Therefore, the total number of apples = 50 × 24 = 1200

He sold the apples for $1.

Therefore, the money he received = $1200

Therefore, the money he received is = $1200

 

Page 79  Exercise 2.17  Problem 25

Given: A greengrocer had 25 crates of grapefruit.

There were 36 grapefruit in each crate.

She threw away 28 rotten grapefruit and sold 786 of the rest.

To find – The number of grapefruit left.

First, find the total number of grapefruits.

Then subtract the number of rotten grapefruit and sold fruit from the total to find the number of grapefruit left.

A greengrocer had 25 crates of grapefruit.

There were 36 grapefruit in each crate.

Total number of grapefruit = 25 × 36 = 900

She threw away 28 rotten grapefruit and sold 786 of the rest.

​⇒ 900 − 28 − 786

⇒ 900 − 814

⇒ 86

​Therefore, the number of grapefruit left is = 86

 

Page 80  Exercise 2.17  Problem 26

Given: There are 14 blocks of apartments in an estate.

There are 25 floors in each block of apartments. There are 4 apartments on each floor.

To find – The number of apartments altogether.

Using the given information, the total number of apartments is equal to

⇒ 14 × 25 × 4

= 1400

Therefore, the total number of apartments = 1400

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Solutions Chapter 1 Whole Numbers Exercises 1.13

Primary Mathematics Chapter 1 Whole Numbers

 

Chapter 1 Whole Numbers Exercises 1.13 Solutions Page 35   Exercise 1.13  Problem 1

Given: 14 thousands 6 tens.

To write:  The sentence in the standard form.

Use the strategy of BODMAS to simplify the thousands and tens separately.

Then add both tens and thousands with standard form.

Solve the sentence using parentheses wherever necessary.

Given sentence is written as

​14 thousands = 14 × 1000

= 14000

​6 tens = 6 × 10 = 60

Further adding both the solutions

​14 thousands + 6 tens = 14000 + 60

​14 thousands + 6 tens= 14 × 1000 + 6 × 10

​14 thousands + 6 tens = (14 × 1000) + (6 × 10)

​14 thousands + 6 tens = 14060

Therefore the standard form is 14060.

Hence, the standard form of 14 thousands and 6 tens is 14060.

 

Page 35   Exercise 1.13  Problem 2

Given: 32 thousands 5 hundreds 2 tens.

To write:  The sentence in the standard form.

Use the strategy of BODMAS to simplify the thousands, hundreds, and tens separately.

Then add tens, hundreds, and thousands with standard form.

Solve the sentence using parentheses where ever necessary.

Given sentence is written as

​32 thousands = 32 × 1000

= 32000

​5 hundreds = 5 × 100

= 500

​2 tens = 2 × 10

= 20

Further adding the standard forms

​32 thousands + 5 hundreds + 2 tens = 32000 + 500 + 20

​32 thousands + 5 hundreds + 2 tens  = 32 × 1000 + 5 × 100 + 2 × 10

​32 thousands + 5 hundreds + 2 tens  =(32×1000) + (5 × 100) + (2 × 10)

​32 thousands + 5 hundreds + 2 tens  = 32520

Therefore the standard form is 32520.

Hence, the standard form of 32 thousands, 5 hundreds, and 2 tens is 32520.

 

Page 35   Exercise 1.13  Problem 3

Given:​ 4 hundred thousands  6 tens  9 ones

To write:  The sentence in the standard form.

Use the strategy of BODMAS to simplify the hundred thousands, ones, and tens separately

Then add tens, hundred thousands, and ones with standard form.

Solve the sentence Using parentheses wherever necessary.

Given sentence is written as

4 hundred thousands = 4 × 100 × 1000

9 ones = 9 × 1

6 tens = 6 × 10

Further adding the standard forms

​4 hundred thousands+6 tens+9 ones=4×100×1000+6×10+9×1

=(4 × 100 × 1000) + (6 × 10) + (9 × 1)

Therefore the standard form is (4 × 100 × 1000) + (6 × 10) + (9 × 1)

Hence, the standard form of 4 hundred thousands , 6 tens, and 9 ones is (4 × 100 × 1000) + (6 × 10) + (9 × 1)

 

Page 35   Exercise 1.13  Problem 4

Given:  ​55 thousands  3 hundred  82

To write:  The sentence in the standard form.

Use the strategy of BODMAS to simplify the hundred , thousands, ones separately

Then add tens, hundred, thousands, and ones with standard form.

Solve the sentence Using parentheses wherever necessary.

Given sentence is written as

55 thousands = 55 × 1000

3 hundred = 3 × 100

Eighty two = 82

Further adding the standard forms

​55 thousands + 3 hundred + 82 = 55 × 1000 + 3 × 100 + 82

​55 thousands + 3 hundred + 82 = (55 × 1000) + (3 × 100) + 82

Therefore the standard form is (55 × 1000) + (3 ×1 00) + 82

Hence, the standard form of 55 thousands 3 hundred and 82 is (55 × 1000) + (3 × 100) + 82

 

Primary Mathematics 4A Chapter 1 Step-By-Step Solutions For Exercise 1.13 Page 35   Exercise 1.13  Problem 5

Given: 2 hundred thousands Twelve

To write:  The sentence in the standard form.

Use the strategy of BODMAS to simplify the hundred thousand and twelve separately.

Then add twelve, hundred thousand with standard form.

Solve the sentence Using parentheses wherever necessary.

Given sentence is written as

2 hundred thousands = 2 × 100 × 1000

Twelve = 12

Further adding the standard forms

2 hundred thousands+twelve = 2 × 100 × 1000 + 12

= (2 × 100 × 1000) + 12

Therefore the standard form is (2 × 100 × 1000) + 12

Hence, the standard form of 2 hundred thousands twelve is (2 × 100 × 1000) + 12

 

Page 35   Exercise 1.13  Problem 6

Given:  ​12, 025

To write:  The sentence in the expanded form.

Use the strategy of BODMAS to expand the hundreds thousands tens and ones separately

Then write the number in the sentence form as words in expanded form

Solve the sentence Using parentheses where ever necessary.

Expand the given number

​12025 = 12000 + 25

= (12 × 1000) + 25

​Further writing the number in expanded sentence forms as words

​12025 = (12 × 1000) + 25

= Twelve thousand twenty-five

Therefore the expanded form is twelve thousand twenty-five

Hence, the expanded form of 12025 in words is twelve thousand twenty-five

 

Whole Numbers Exercise 1.13 Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Answers Page 35   Exercise 1.13  Problem 7

Given: ​ ​500,006

To write:  The sentence in the expanded form.

Use the strategy of BODMAS to expand the hundreds thousands tens and ones separately

Then write the number in the sentence form as words in expanded form

Solve the sentence Using parentheses where ever necessary.

Expand the given number

​500,006 = 500000 + 6

= (5 × 100 × 1000) + 6

Further writing the number in expanded sentence forms as words

​500,006 = (5 × 100 × 1000) + 6

= Five hundred thousand six

Therefore the expanded form is five hundred thousand six

Hence, the expanded form of 500,006 in words is five hundred thousand six

 

Page 35   Exercise 1.13  Problem 8

Given: 34,120.

To write:  The sentence in the expanded form.

Use the strategy of BODMAS to expand the hundreds thousands tens and ones separately.

Then write the number in the sentence form as words in expanded form.

Solve the sentence using parentheses wherever necessary.

Expand the given number

​34120 = 30000 + 4000 + 100 + 20

= 3 × 10,000 + 4 × 1000 + 1 × 100 + 2 × 10

Further writing the number in expanded sentence forms as words

​34120 = 3 × 10,000 + 4 × 1000 + 1 × 100 + 2 × 10

= Thirty four thousand one hundred twenty

Therefore the expanded form is thirty-four thousand one hundred twenty

Hence, the expanded form of 34120 is  3 × 10,000 + 4 × 1000 + 1 × 100 + 2 × 10. In words it will bethirty four thousand one hundred twenty.

 

Common Core Primary Mathematics 4A Chapter 1 Solved Examples For 1.13 Page 36   Exercise 1.14  Problem 1

Given: ​385,270

To write:  The sentence in the expanded form.

Use the strategy of BODMAS to expand the hundreds thousands tens and ones separately

Then write the number in the sentence form as words in expanded form

Solve the sentence Using parentheses wherever necessary.

Check for the digit to fill the blank.

Expand the given number

​385,270 = 300,000 + 85000 + 200 + 70

= 3 × 100 × 1000 + 85 × 1000 + 2 × 100 + 70

= (3 × 100 × 1000) + (8 × 10 × 000) + (5 × 1000) + (2 × 100) + 70

Further writing the number in expanded sentence forms as words

​385,270 = (3 × 100 × 1000) + (8 × 10 × 000) + (5 × 1000) + (2 × 100) + 70

=  Three hundred thousand eight-ten thousands five thousand two hundreds seventy
​Referring to the expanded form the digit 8 in 385,270 stands for (8×10×000) that is eight-ten thousands

Hence, the digit 8 in 385,270 stands for (8×10×000) that is eight-ten thousands

 

Page 36   Exercise 1.14  Problem 2

Given: ​396,048

To write:  The sentence in the expanded form.

Use the strategy of BODMAS to expand the hundreds thousands tens and ones separately

Then write the number in the sentence form as words in expanded form

Solve the sentence Using parentheses wherever necessary.

Check for the digit to fill the blank.

Expand the given number

​396,048 = 300,000 + 96000 + 40 + 8

= 3 × 100 × 1000 + 96 × 1000 + 40 + 8

= (3 × 100 × 1000) + (96 × 1000) + ( 4 × 10) + 8

Further writing the number in expanded sentence forms as words

​396,048 = (3 × 100 × 1000) + (96 × 1000) + (4 × 10) + 8

= Three hundred thousands ninety-six thousands four tens eight

Referring to the expanded form the digit 3 in 396,048 stands for (3 × 100 × 000) that is three hundred thousands

Hence, the digit 3 in 396,048 stands for (3 × 100 × 000) that is three hundred thousands

 

Chapter 1 Whole Numbers Worked Solutions For Exercise 1.13 In 4A  Page 36   Exercise 1.14  Problem 3

Given:​ 98,406

To write:  The sentence in the expanded form.

Use the strategy of BODMAS to expand the hundreds thousands tens and ones separately

Then write the number in the sentence form as words in expanded form

Solve the sentence Using parentheses wherever necessary.

Check for the digit to fill the blank.

Expand the given number

​98,406 = 90000 + 8000 + 400 + 6

= 9 × 10 × 1000 + 8 × 1000 + 400 + 6

= (9 × 10 × 1000) + (8 × 1000) + (4 × 100) + 6

Further writing the number in expanded sentence forms as words

​98,406=(9 × 10 × 1000) + (8 × 1000) + (4 × 100) + 6

= Nine ten thousands eight thousands four hundreds six

Referring to the expanded form of 98,406 the blank is 8000 or (8 × 1000)

Hence, the missing number of the number 98,406 is 8000 or (8 × 1000)

 

Page 36   Exercise 1.14  Problem 4

Given: 10,501

To write:  The sentence in the expanded form.

Use the strategy of BODMAS to expand the hundreds thousands tens and ones separately

Then write the number in the sentence form as words in expanded form

Solve the sentence Using parentheses wherever necessary.

Check for the digit to fill the blank.

Expand the given number

10,501​= 10000 + 500 + 1

= 10 × 1000 + 5 × 100 + 1

= (10 × 1000) + (5 × 100) + 1

Further writing the number in expanded sentence forms as words

10,501​= (10 × 1000) + (5 × 100) + 1

= 10,501

= Ten thousands five hundreds and one

Referring to the expanded form the blank is 10,501

Hence, the missing number is 10,501

 

How to solve Primary Mathematics 4A Chapter 1 Whole Numbers 1.13 problems Page 36   Exercise 1.14  Problem 5

Given: ​67,014

To write:  The sentence in the expanded form.

Use the strategy of BODMAS to expand the hundreds thousands tens and ones separately

Then write the number in the sentence form as words in expanded form

Solve the sentence Using parentheses wherever necessary.

Check for the digit to fill the blank.

Expand the given number

​67014 = 67000 + 14

= 67 × 1000 + 14

Further writing the number in expanded sentence forms as words

​67014 = (67 × 1000) + 14

= Sixty seven thousands fourteen

​Referring to the expanded form of 67014 the blank is 67000 or (67 × 1000)

Hence, the missing number of the number 67014 is 67000 or (67 × 1000)

 

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Chapter 1 Exercise 1.13 Breakdown Page 36   Exercise 1.14  Problem 6

Given:  10,000 more than 46,952 is _____.

Question is to fill the blank with the number which is 10,000 more than 46,952

So, by adding 10,000 to 46,952 will give the required number.

⇒ 46,952 + 10,000 = 56,952

Hence the required number is obtained.

Therefore, it is found that 10,000 more than 46,952 is 56,952.

 

Exercise 1.13 Whole Numbers Primary Mathematics Workbook Step-By-Step Page 36   Exercise 1.14  Problem 7

Given:100,000 less than 999,998 is____.

Question is to fill the blank with the number which is 100,000 lesser than 999,998

So, finding difference between 999,998 and 100,000 will give the required number.

⇒ 999,998−100,000 = 899,998

Hence the required number is obtained.

Therefore, it is found that 100,000 less than 999,998 is 899,998.

 

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition 1.13 Practice Page 36   Exercise 1.14  Problem 8

Given: 79,049 is ____ less than 80,049

Question is to fill the blank with the number whose difference from 80,049 gives 79,049

So, finding the difference will give

80,049−x = 79,049

x = 80,049 − 79,049

x = 1000

Hence the required number is obtained.

Therefore, it is found that 79,049 is 1000 less than 80,049.

 

Common Core 4A Chapter 1 Whole Numbers 1.13 Solutions Page 36   Exercise 1.14  Problem 9

Given: 300,561 is _____more than 290,561

Question is to fill in the blank with the number whose addition to 290,561 will make it 300,561

So, adding x with 290,561 will give 300,561

290,561 + x = 300,561

x = 300,561 − 290,561

x = 10,000

Hence the required number is obtained.

Therefore, it is found that 300,561 is 10,000 more than 290,561.

 

Page 36   Exercise 1.14  Problem 10

Given: A number pattern _____ ; 48,615 ; 58,615 ; ______ ; 78,615

Question is to fill the blanks according to the pattern.

Identify the sequence that which mathematical operation is carried out through out the pattern and accordingly solve it.

The difference between the third number and second number can be found by  58,615 − 48,615 = 10,000

This difference must be the common factor in this sequence.

So, the sequence is designed in a manner that the succeeding number will be 10,000 more than the preceding number.

So, the first term will be 10,000 Less than the second term.

⇒  48,615−10,000 = 38,615

And the fourth term will be 10,000 more than the third.

⇒ 58,615 + 10,000 = 68,615

Then, the pattern will be, 38,615; 48,615; 58,615; 68,615; 78,615

Therefore, the given number pattern is completed as 38,615; 48,615; 58,615;68,615; 78,615.

 

Page 36   Exercise 1.14  Problem 11

Given: A number pattern 103,840 ; 102,840 ; 101,840; _____ ; _______ ; _______

Question is to fill the blanks according to the pattern.

Identify the sequence that which mathematical operation is carried out through out the pattern and accordingly solve it.

The difference between the first number and second number can be found by

⇒ 103,840−102,840 = 1000

Similarly, the difference between the first number and second number can be found by

102,840 − 101,840 = 1000

So, the common difference is 1000

So, the sequence is designed in a manner that the succeeding number will be 1000 less than the preceding number.

So, the fourth term will be less than the third term.

101,840 − 1000 = 100,840

The third term will be less than the fourth term.

100,840 − 1000 = 99,840

And, the fourth term will be less than the sixth term.

99,840 − 1000 = 98,840

Then, the pattern will be, 103,840;102,840;101,840; 100,840;99,840; 98,840

Therefore, the given number pattern is completed as 103,840;102,840;101,840; 100,840; 99,840; 98,840.

 

Page 36   Exercise 1.14  Problem 12

Use the strategy of BODMAS wherever necessary.

Check LHS = RHS

Solve LHS and RHS by expanding them to thousands, hundreds, tens, and ones to identify the inequality.

Compare LHS and RHS to find the answer/solution.

Expand the numbers to identify the inequality

LHS = 85928

= 80000 + 5000 + 900 + 20 + 8

RHS = 85892

​= 80000 + 5000 + 800 + 90 + 2

Further comparing LHS = RHS

Clearly, the hundreds place of 85928 is greater than 85892

So, 85928>85892

Hence, by comparing the both the numbers we conclude that 85928>85892

 

Page 36   Exercise 1.14  Problem 13

Use the strategy of BODMAS wherever necessary.

Check LHS = RHS

Solve LHS and RHS by expanding them to thousands, hundreds, tens, and ones to identify the inequality.

Compare LHS and RHS to find the answer/solution.

Expand the numbers to identify the inequality

LHS = 630,109

= 600,000 + 30,000 + 100 + 9

RHS = 603,901

​= 600,000 + 3000 + 900 + 1

​Further comparing LHS = RHS

Clearly, the thousands place of 630,109 is greater than 603,901

So, 630,109>603,901

Hence, by comparing the both the numbers we conclude that 630,109>603,901

 

Page 36   Exercise 1.14   Problem 14

Given data: 4569 − 999____3569 + 999

To write: <,​> or = in each blank.

Calculate the L.H.S (left-hand side) of the blank as shown below

 ∴   4569−999 = 3570

Again calculate the R.H.S (right-hand side) of the blank as shown below

3569  +  999  =  4568

It can be clearly observed that the term on R.H.S  is greater than the term on the L.H.S and therefore the sign to be used is <.

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that 4569 − 999 < 3569 + 999.

 

Page 36   Exercise 1.14  Problem 15

Given data: 54100_____ 541 × 1000

To write: <,​> more = in each blank.

Calculate the L.H.S (left-hand side) if necessary, of the blank as shown below

 ∴ 54100

Again calculate the R.H.S (right-hand side) of the blank as shown below

541 × 1000 = 541000

It can be clearly observed that the term on R.H.S  is greater than the term on the L.H.S and therefore the sign to be used is <.

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that  54100<541 × 1000.

 

Page 36   Exercise 1.14  Problem 16

Given data: 42000 ÷ 7 ____ 3600 ÷ 6

To write: <,​> or = in each blank.

Calculate the L.H.S (left-hand side) if necessary, of the blank as shown below

 ∴ 42000 ÷ 7 = 6000

Again calculate the R.H.S (right-hand side) of the blank as shown below

 ∴ 3600 ÷ 600

It can be clearly observed that the term on L.H.S  is greater than the term on the R.H.S and therefore the sign to be used is >.

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that  42000 ÷ 7 > 3600 ÷ 6.

 

Page 36   Exercise 1.14  Problem 17

Given data: 50000 × 7 ____ 400000

To write:<,​> or = in each blank.

Calculate the L.H.S (left-hand side) if necessary, of the blank as shown below

 ∴ 50000×7=350000

Again calculate the R.H.S (right-hand side) if necessary, of the blank as shown below

∴ 400000

It can be clearly observed that the term on R.H.S  is greater than the term on the L.H.S and therefore the sign to be used is <.

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that 50000 × 7 < 400000.

 

Page 36   Exercise 1.14  Problem 18

Given data: 23000 + 40000 ___ 87000−24000

To write: <,​> or,  =,  in each blank.

Calculate the L.H.S (left-hand side) if necessary, of the blank as shown below

23000 + 40000 = 63000

Again calculate the R.H.S (right-hand side) if necessary, of the blank as shown below

 ∴ 87000 − 24000 = 63000

It can be clearly observed that the term on L.H.S  is equal to the term on the R.H.S and therefore the sign to be used is =.

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that 23000 + 40000 = 87000 − 24000.

 

Page 37  Exercise 1.15  Problem 1

Given data: $460000 + a = 480000$

To find – The missing number represented by each a.

Solve the equation as shown below

460000 + a = 480000

a = 480000 − 460000

a = 20000

​Thus, it can be clearly concluded that the missing number represented by a, in the equation 460000 + a = 480000 is, 20000.

 

Page 37   Exercise 1.15  Problem 2

Given data: 48000 ÷ a = 6000

To find – The missing number represented by each a.

Solve the equation as shown below

48000 ÷ a = 6000

48000 ÷ 6000 = a

a = 8

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that the missing number represented by a, in the equation 48000 ÷ a = 6000 is, 8.

 

Page 37  Exercise 1.15  Problem 3

Given data: 48000 − a = 6000

To find – The missing number represented by each a.

Solve the equation as shown below

​48000 − a = 6000

48000 − 6000 = a

a = 42000

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that the missing number represented by a, in the equation 48000 − a = 6000 is, 42000

 

Page 37  Exercise 1.15  Problem 4

Given data: 4000 × a = 32000

To find –  The missing number represented by each a.

Solve the equation as shown below

 ∴ ​4000 × a = 32000

a = \(\frac{32000}{4000}\)

a = 8

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that the missing number represented by a, in the equation 4000 × a = 32000 is, 8.

 

Page 37  Exercise 1.15  Problem 5

Given data: 22906,​28609,​82096,​28069,​8209

To arrange: The numbers in increasing order.

Observe that 8209 is the whole number which is the lowest in value and now on arranging it with increasing values, the following can be obtained as shown below

 ∴ 8209,​226906,​28069,​28609,​82096

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that the numbers, 22906,​28609,​82096,​28069,​and 8209 can be arranged in increasing order as 8209,​22906,​28069,​28609,​and 82096.

 

Page 37  Exercise 1.15  Problem 6

Given data: 435260,​296870,​503140,​463540

To arrange: The numbers in increasing order.

Observe that 296870 is the whole number which is the lowest in value and now on arranging it with increasing values, the following can be obtained as shown below

 ∴ 296870,​435260,​463540,​503140

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that the numbers 435260,​296870,​503140,​and 463540 can be arranged in increasing order as 296870,​435260,​463540,​and 503140.

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 1 Whole Numbers Exercise 1.13 - 1.17 Page 38,   Exercise 1.16  ,Problem 1

 

Page 37  Exercise 1.15  Problem 7

Given data: Some figures are given.

To fill – In Figure 4.

Observe that the number of circles in the first figure is 4, then 9, and then 16, and therefore, in the fourth figure it again increased to 25

Thus, in the fourth figure, one line of circles will increase like in the fourth line of figure 3 with 2 more circles in it.

Therefore, the fourth figure can be filled in as shown below

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that figure 4 can be filled in as shown below

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 1 Whole Numbers Exercise 1.13 - 1.17 Page 38,   Exercise 1.16 , Problem 1.

 

Page 38  Exercise 1.16  Problem 1

Given data: Some figures are given.

To find – The pattern that we notice in the number of circles.

Observe that the number of circles in the first figure is 4, then 9 and then 16 and therefore, in the fourth figure it again increased to 25

Thus, the difference in the number of circles is increasing by 2 after being 4 and 9 in the first and second figures respectively.

Thus, there is an increasing pattern with the number of circles in the nth figure being (n+1)2.

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that the pattern that we notice in the number of circles is an increasing pattern with the number of circles in the nth figure being (n+1)2.

 

Page 38  Exercise 1.16  Problem 2

Given data: The digits are 0,​1,​9,​and 5,8.

To find – The greatest 5 -digit number that can be formed using all of the given five digits.

Observe that digit greatest in value, that is, 9, and now arrange the digits in order of decreasing values to obtain as shown below

Therefore,98510

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that the greatest 5 -digit number that can be formed using all of the given five digits that are, 0,​1,​9,​5, and 8 is, 98510.

 

Page 38  Exercise 1.16  Problem 3

Given data: The multiples of 8.

To find – The first 5 multiples of 8.

Observe that the first five multiples of 8 are including 8 itself and as shown below

Therefore 8,​16,​24,​32 and 40

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that the first 5 multiples of 8 are 8,​16,​24,​32, and 40.

 

Page 38  Exercise 1.16  Problem 4

Given data: The common multiples of 4 and 5.

To find – The first2 common multiples of 4 and 5.

Observe that the first two common multiples of  4 and 5 can be calculated as shown below

Therefore

​L.C.M = 2.2.5

= 20

[where L.C.M represents the lowest common multiple]

And also, 20.2 = 40

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that the first 2 common multiples of 4 and 5 are 20,​and 40.

 

Page 38  Exercise 1.16  Problem 5

Given data: The given number is 4598.

To find –  If 6 is a factor of 4598.

Observe that on dividing 4598 by 6, the following is obtained as shown below

Therefore \(\frac{4598}{6}\) = 766.334

Which shows that 6 is not a factor of 4598.

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that 6 is not a factor of 4598.

 

Page 38  Exercise 1.16  Problem 6

Given data: The given number is 54.

To find –  All the factors of 54.

Observe that the various numbers which can be divided by 54 are obtained as shown below

Therefore;  1,​2,​3,​6,​9,​18,​27,​54,​−1,​−2,​−3,​−6,​−9,​−18,​−27,​−54 are all factors of 54.

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that all the factors of 54 are 1,​2,​3,​6,​9,​18,​27,​54,​−1,​−2,​−3,​−6,​−9,​−18,​−27,​−54.

 

Page 38 Exercise 1.16   Problem 7

Given data: The given numbers are 4,​6,​8, and 12.

To find – The common factor of 18 and 36 from these numbers.

Observe that the various numbers which can be divided by 18 and 36 are obtained as shown below

Therefore; 1,​2,​3,​6,​9,​18,​−1,​−2,​−3,​−6,​−9,​−18 are all factors of 18.

1,​2,​3,​4,​6,​9,​12,​18,​36,​​−1,​−2,​−3,​−4,​−6,​−9,​−12,​−18,​−36 are all factors of 36.

Now, observe that the common factors of 18 and 36 are 1,​2,​3,​6,​9,​18,​−1,​−2,​−3,​−6,​−9,​−18, and out of the given four numbers it is 6

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that the common factor of 18 and 36 from the numbers, 4,​6,​8, and 12 is 6.

 

Page 39   Exercise 1.17  Problem  1

Given data: The given numbers are 25 and 30.

To find – A prime number between 25 and 30.

Observe that a prime number between 25 and 30 is 29 as it is divisible by 1 and itself only.

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that a prime number between 25 and 30 is 29.

 

Page 39   Exercise 1.17  Problem  2

Given data: 5 × 24 = 5 × 6 × n

To find – The missing factor represented by each n.

Solve the equation as shown below

∴ ​5×24 = 5 × 6 × n

\(\frac{5×24}{5×6}\) = n

n = 4

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that the missing factor represented by n, in the equation  5 × 24 = 5 × 6 × n is, 4.

 

Page 39   Exercise 1.17  Problem  3

Given data: 2 × 180 = 4 × n

To find – The missing factor represented by each n.

Solve the equation as shown below

∴ ​2 × 180 = 4 × n

\(\frac{2×180}{4}\)  = n

n = 90

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that the missing factor represented by n, in the equation 2 × 180 = 4 × n is, 90

 

Page 39   Exercise 1.17  Problem  4

Given data: 26 × 55 = 26 × n × 5

To find –  The missing factor represented by each n.

Solve the equation as shown below

∴  26 × 55 = 26 × n × 5

\(\frac{26×55}{26×5}\)  = n

n = 11

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that the missing factor represented by n, in the equation 26×55 = 26×n×5, is 11.

 

Page 39   Exercise 1.17  Problem  5

Given data: 15 × 250 = 15 × 5 × n

To find – The missing factor represented by each n.

Solve the equation as shown below

∴  15 × 250 = 15 × 5 × n

\(\frac{15×250}{15×5}\) = n

n = 50

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that the missing factor represented by n, in equation 15 × 250 = 15 × 5 × n is, 50.

 

Page 39   Exercise 1.17  Problem  6

Given data: 18 × 35 = 9 × 2 × n × 7

To find – The missing factor represented by each n.

Solve the equation as shown below

∴  ​18 × 35 = 9 × 2 × n × 7

\(\frac{18×35}{9×2×7}\) = n

n = 5

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that the missing factor represented by n, in the equation 18 × 35 = 9 × 2 × n × 7 is, 5.

 

Page 39   Exercise 1.17  Problem  7

Given data: The given equation is 67−(100−52) = ____

To solve: The following equation that is given.

Solve the equation using the BODMAS (Bracket, Of, Division Multiplication Addition and Subtraction) rule as shown below

∴  ​67−(100−52) = 67 − 100 + 52

​67−(100−52)  = 67−48

​67−(100−52)  = 19

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that the given equation that is, 67−(100−52) =_____can be solved as  67−(100−52) = 19.

 

Page 39   Exercise 1.17  Problem  8

Given data: The given equation is (84−32) ÷ 4 =_____.

To solve: The following equation that is given.

Solve the equation using the BODMAS (Bracket, Of, Division Multiplication Addition and Subtraction) rule as shown below

∴  ​(84−32) ÷ 4 = 52 ÷ 4

​(84−32) ÷ 4 = 13

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that the given equation that is, (84−32) ÷ 4 =____can be solved as (84−32) ÷ 4 = 13.

 

Page 39   Exercise 1.17  Problem  9

Given data: The given equation is 72 ÷6 + 18 ÷ 3 =____.

To solve: The following equation that is given.

Solve the equation using the BODMAS (Bracket, Of, Division Multiplication Addition and Subtraction) rule as shown below

∴  72 ÷ 6 + 18 ÷ 3 = 12 + 6

= 18

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that the given equation that is, 72 ÷ 6 + 18 ÷ 3=_____can be solved as 72 ÷ 6 + 18 ÷ 3 = 18.

 

Page 39   Exercise 1.17  Problem  10

Given data: The given equation is  47−28 ÷ 7 × 8 =____.

To solve: The following equation that is given.

Solve the equation using the BODMAS (Bracket, Of, Division Multiplication Addition and Subtraction) rule as shown below

∴  ​47−28 ÷ 7 × 8 = 47 − 4 × 8

= 47−32

= 15

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that the given equation that is, 47 − 28 ÷  7 × 8=____ can be solved as  47−28 ÷ 7 × 8 = 15.

 

Page 39   Exercise 1.17  Problem  11

Given data: (37−15) × (5 + 3)______ 22 × 9

To write: >,​< or = in each blank.

Calculate the L.H.S (left-hand side) of the blank using BODMAS as shown below

∴  (37−15) × (5 + 3) = 22 × 8

= 176

Again calculate the R.H.S (right-hand side) of the blank using BODMAS  as shown below

∴  22 × 9 = 198

It can be clearly observed that the term on R.H.S  is greater than the term on the L.H.S and therefore the sign to be used is <.

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that (37−15) × (5 + 3) < 22 × 9.

 

Page 39   Exercise 1.17  Problem  12

Given data: 40 ÷ (12−4) + 2_____ 40 ÷ 10

To write: >,​< or = in each blank.

Calculate the L.H.S (left-hand side) of the blank using BODMAS as shown below

∴  ​40 ÷ (12−4) + 2 = 40 ÷ 8 + 2

= 5 + 2

= 7

Again calculate the R.H.S (right-hand side) of the blank using BODMAS  as shown below

∴  40 ÷ 10 = 4

It can be clearly observed that the term on R.H.S  is less than the term on the L.H.S and therefore the sign to be used is >.

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that  40 ÷ (12 − 4) + 2 > 40 ÷ 10.

 

Page 39   Exercise 1.17  Problem  13

Given data: 16 + 2×_____= 20

To fill: In the blank to make the equation true.

Let the blank or the missing value be represented by x

Solve the equation as shown below

Therefore

​16 + 2×__ = 20

20−16 = 2x

\(\frac{4}{2}\) = x

2 = x  (or)  x = 2

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that the equation, that is, 16 + 2×___= 20 can be made true by filling in the blank with 2.

 

Page 39   Exercise 1.17  Problem  14

Given data:  48÷(4 × 2)−2 = 2×______

To fill: In the blank to make the equation true.

Let the blank or the missing value be represented by x

Solve the equation as shown below

∴  ​48 ÷ (4 × 2) − 2 = 2 × x

48 ÷ 8 − 2 = 2x

6 − 2 = 2x

2 = x  (or)  x = 2

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that the equation, that is, 48 ÷ (4 × 2)−2 = 2×___can be made true by filling the blank with 2.

 

Page 39   Exercise 1.17  Problem  15

Given data: 18 − (10 − 6) = 10 +______

To fill: In the blank to make the equation true.

Let the blank or the missing value be represented by x

Solve the equation as shown below

∴ ​18−(10−6) = 10 + x

18 − 4 − 10 = x

4 = x (or)  x = 4

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that the equation, that is, 18−(10−6) = 10 +____can be made true by filling in the blank with 4.

 

Page 39   Exercise 1.17  Problem  16

Given data: (7 + 5) × (15−12) =_____× 12

To fill: In the blank to make the equation true.

Let the blank or the missing value be represented by x

Solve the equation as shown below

∴  ​(7 + 5) × (15−12) = x × 12

12 × 3 = x

\(\frac{12×3}{12}\) = x

3 = x (or)  x = 3

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that the equation, that is, (7 + 5) × (15 − 12)=___× 12 can be made true by filling in the blank with 3.

 

Page 39   Exercise 1.17  Problem  17

Given data: 16 + 4 × 8 =______+ 32

To fill: In the blank to make the equation true.

Let the blank or the missing value be represented by x

Solve the equation as shown below

∴  ​16 + 4 × 8 = x + 32

16 + 32−32 = x

16 = x (or)  x = 16

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that the equation, that is, 16 + 4 × 8 =___+ 32 can be made true by filling in the blank with 16.

 

Page 39   Exercise 1.17  Problem  18

Given data: 9 + 12 ÷ 3 − 2 = 4+____

To fill: In the blank to make the equation true.

Let the blank or the missing value be represented by x

Solve the equation as shown below

∴  9 + 12 ÷ 3 − 2 = 4 + x

9 + 4 − 2−4 = x

7=x  (or)  x = 7

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that the equation, that is, 9 + 12 ÷ 3 − 2 = 4 +___can be made true by filling in the blank with 7.

 

Page 39   Exercise 1.17 Problem  19

Given data: 12 − 3 × 2 + 9 = 15

To insert: Parentheses, where necessary, to make the given equation true.

Solve the equation by inserting the parentheses as shown below

∴ 12−3 × 2 + 9 = 15

Observe that no parentheses is required to be inserted in this equation as it is already true.

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that the equation, that is, 12 − 3 × 2 + 9 = 15 can be made true by inserting no parentheses as 12−3 × 2 + 9 = 15.

 

Page 39   Exercise 1.17  Problem  20

Given data: 12 − 3 × 2 + 9 = 99

To insert: Parentheses, where necessary, to make the given equation true.

Solve the equation by inserting the parentheses as shown below

∴ 12 − 3 × 2 + 9 = 99

⇒ (12−3) × (2 + 9) = 99

Thus, it can be clearly concluded that the equation, that is, 12 − 3 × 2 + 9 = 99 can be made true by inserting no parentheses as (12 − 3) × (2 + 9) = 99.

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Solutions Chapter 1 Whole Numbers Exercises 1.7

Primary Mathematics Chapter 1 Whole Numbers

 

Chapter 1 Whole Numbers Exercises 1.7 Solutions Page 21  Exercise  1.7  Problem 1

Given: Multiples of 6

To find – Several multiples of 6

Put different values of k to find different multiples

Given: Multiples of 6

Multiples of 6 can be written as 6k

For the first multiple of 6 (k=1)

​⇒ 6 × 1

⇒ 6

For second multiple of  6( k = 2 )

​⇒ 6 × 2

⇒ 12

​For the third multiple of 6 (k = 3)

​⇒ 6 × 3

⇒ 18

For the fourth multiple of 6 (k=4)

​⇒ 6 × 4

⇒ 24

The first, second, third, and fourth multiple of 6 is 6,12,18, and 24.

 

Primary Mathematics 4A Chapter 1 Step-By-Step Solutions For Exercise 1.7 Page 21   Exercise  1.7   Problem 2

Given: Multiples of 7

To find – Several multiples of 7

Put different values of K to find different multiples

Given: Multiples of 7

Multiples of 7 can be written as 7k

For the first multiple of 7 (k = 1)

​⇒ 7 × 1

⇒ 7

For the second multiple of 7 (k = 2)

​⇒ 7 × 2

⇒ 14

For the third multiple of 7 (k = 3)

​⇒ 7 × 3

⇒ 21

For the fourth multiple of 7 (k = 4)

​⇒ 7 × 4

⇒ 28

For the fifth multiple of 7 (k = 5)

​⇒ 7 × 5

⇒ 35

First, five multiples of 7 are 7,14,21,28,35.

 

Page 21  Exercise 1.7   Problem 3

Given: Multiples of 2,3,4,6,8,10

To find –  Next five multiples of 2,3,4,6,8,10

Put different values of k to find different multiples

 

Multiples of 2

Multiples of 2 can be written as 2k

For the third multiple of 2 (k = 3)

​⇒ 2 × 3

⇒ 6

For the fourth multiple of 2 (k = 4)

​⇒ 2 × 4

⇒ 8

For the fifth multiple of 2 (k = 5)

​⇒ 2 × 5

⇒ 10

For the sixth multiple of 2 (k=6)

​⇒ 2 × 6

⇒ 12

For seventh multiple of 2(k = 7)

​⇒ 2 × 7

⇒ 14

 

Multiples of 3

Multiples of 3 can be written as 3k

For the third multiple of 3 (k = 3)

​⇒ 3 × 3

⇒ 9

For the fourth multiple of 3 (k = 4)

​⇒ 3 × 4

⇒ 12

For the fifth multiple of 3 (k = 5)

​⇒ 3 × 5

⇒ 15

For the sixth multiple of 3 (k = 6)

​⇒ 3 × 6

⇒ 18

For the seventh multiple of 3 (k = 7)

​⇒ 3 × 7

⇒ 21

 

Multiples of 4

Multiples of 4 can be written as 4k

For the third multiple of 4 (k = 3)

​⇒  4 × 3

⇒ 12

For the fourth multiple of 4 (k = 4)

​⇒ 4 × 4

⇒ 16

For the fifth multiple of 4 (k = 5)

​⇒ 4 × 5

⇒ 20

For the sixth multiple of 4 (k = 6)

​⇒ 4 × 6

⇒ 24

For the seventh multiple of 4 (k = 7)

​⇒ 4 × 7

⇒ 28

 

Multiples of 6

Multiples of 6 can be written as 6k

For the third multiple of 6 (k = 3)

​⇒ 6 × 3

⇒ 18

For the fourth multiple of 6 (k = 4)

​⇒ 6 × 4

⇒ 24

For the fifth multiple of 6 (k = 5)

​⇒ 6 × 5

⇒ 30

For the sixth multiple of 6(k = 6)

​⇒ 6 × 6

⇒ 36

For the seventh multiple of 6 (k = 7)

​⇒ 6 × 7

⇒ 42

 

Multiples of 8

Multiples of 8 can be written as 8k

For the third multiple of 8 (k = 3)

​⇒ 8 × 3

⇒ 24

For the fourth multiple of 8 (k = 4)

​⇒ 8 × 4

⇒ 32

For the fifth multiple of 8 (k = 5)

​⇒ 8 × 5

⇒ 40

For the sixth multiple of 8 (k = 6)

​⇒ 8 × 6

⇒ 48

For the seventh multiple of 8 (k = 7)

​⇒ 8 × 7

⇒ 56

 

Multiples of 10

Multiples of 10 can be written as 10k

For the third multiple of 10 (k = 3)

​⇒ 10 × 3

⇒ 30

For the fourth multiple of 10 (k = 4)

​⇒ 10 × 4

⇒ 40

For the fifth multiple of 10 (k = 5)

​⇒ 10 × 5

⇒ 50

For the sixth multiple of 10 (k = 6)

​⇒ 10 × 6

⇒ 60

For the seventh multiple of 10 (k = 7)

​⇒ 10 × 7

⇒  70

Therefore

The next five multiples of 2 is 6,8,10,12,14

The next five multiples of 3 is 9,12,15,18,21

The next five multiples of 4 is 12,16,20,24,28

The next five multiples of 6 is 18,24,30,36,42

The next five multiples of 8 is 24,32,40,48,56

The next five multiples of 10 is 30,40,50,60,70.

 

Whole Numbers Exercise 1.7 Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Answers Page 22   Exercise 1.7   Problem  4

Given: Random digits and numbers

To check that digits are multiples of number

Check the pattern of numbers multiple and mark it YES or NO

Statement: 57 is a multiple of 3

Multiple of 3 have digits add up to multiple of 3.

Sum of digits of 57 is 12 which is a multiple of 3.

YES, 57 is a multiple of 3.

Statement: 57 is a multiple of 6

Multiple of 6 are even and have digits add up to multiple of 3.

Sum of digits of 57 is 12 which is a multiple of 3 but 57 is not even.

No, 57 is not a multiple of 6.

Statement: 78 is a multiple of 2

Multiple of 2 are even and have last digit as 0,2,4,6,8, last digit of 78 is 8

YES, 78 is a multiple of 2.

Statement: 33,450 is a multiple of 10

Multiple of 10 have 0 at the ones place. 33,450 has 0 at the ones place.

YES, 33,450 is a multiple of 10.

Statement: 452 is a multiple of 3

Multiple of 3 have 3 has digits add up to multiple of 3.

The sum of digits of 452 is 11 which is not a multiple of 3.

No, 452 is not a multiple of 3.

Statement: 4985 is a multiple of 2

Multiple of 2 have the last digit as 0,2,4,6,8.

The last digit of 4985 is 5.

No, 4985 is not a multiple of 2.

Statement: 4985 is a multiple of 5

Multiple of 5 have the last digit as 0,5.

Last digit of 4985 is 5.

YES, 4985 is a multiple of 5.

So, we can conclude the table as

YES, 57 is a multiple of 3.

No, 57 is not a multiple of 6.

YES, 78 is a multiple of 2.

YES, 33,450 is a multiple of 10.

No, 452 is not a multiple of 3.

No, 4985 is not a multiple of 2.

YES, 4985 is a multiple of 5.

 

Common Core Primary Mathematics 4A Chapter 1 Solved Examples For 1.7 Page 22   Exercise 1.7   Problem 5

Given: Multiple of 100.

To find – Rule for multiples of 100.

Check the pattern of the multiple.

Multiples of 100 can be written as 100k

⇒ 100 × k = k00

The first multiple of 100 is 100

The second multiple of 100 is 200 and so on.

Each multiple 100 of has 0 at its ones and tenth place.

Therefore, the rule of multiples of 100 is found that each multiple of 100 has 0 at its ones and tenth place.

 

Chapter 1 Whole Numbers Worked Solutions For Exercise 1.7 In 4A Page 23  Exercise  1.8  Problem  1

Given: Integer 20

To find-  The factors of 20

Find the factors of 20 from the shown above.

Given: Integer 20

We know that

​1 × 20 = 20

2 × 10 = 20

4 × 5 = 20

From this, we have Divisors of 20 are 1,2,4,5,10,20

Factors of 20 are divisors of 20 are 1,2,4,5,10,20

Therefore, the Factors of 20 are 1,2,4,5,10,20.

 

Page 23  Exercise 1.8  Problem 2

Given: Integer 12

To find The factors of 12

Find the factors of 12 from the  shown above.

Given: Integer 12

We know that

2 × 6 = 12

From this, we have Divisors of 12 are 2,6

Factors of 12 are divisors of 12 are 2,6

Therefore, the factors of 12 are 2,6.

 

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Chapter 1 Exercise 1.7 Breakdown Page 23  Exercise 1.8  Problem 3

Given: Integer 8

To find –  The factors of 8

Find the factors of 8 from the  shown above.

Given: Integer 8

We know that

1 × 8 = 8

From this, we have Divisors of 8 are 1,8

Factors of 8 are divisors of 8 are 1,8

Therefore the factors of 8 are 1,8.

 

Page 23  Exercise 1.8  Problem 4

Given: Integer 21

To find – The factors of 21

Find the factors of 21 from the shown above.

Given: Integer 21

We know that

3 × 7 = 21

From this, we have Divisors of 21 are 3,7

Factors of 21 are divisors of 21 are 3,7

Therefore, the factors of 21 are 3,7.

 

Exercise 1.7 Whole Numbers Primary Mathematics Workbook Step-By-Step Page 24  Exercise 1.8  Problem 5

Given: 2×__= 8

Question is to fill the blank

Find the value in blank using factors of 8

Given: 2×___= 8

Let the number be x, we have

2x = 8

Now, evaluating the value of x

​2x = 8

x = 4

The value in the blanks is 4, 2 × − 4 = 8

Therefore, the value of the missing factor in the blanks is 4, 2× − 4 = 8

 

Page 24  Exercise 1.8  Problem 6 

Given:  __×6 = 18

Question is to fill the blank

Find the value in blank using factors of 18

Given:  ___× 6 = 18

Let the number be x, we have

6x = 18

Now, evaluating the value of x

​6x = 18

x = 3

The value in the blanks is 3, −3 × 6 = 18

Therefore, the value of the missing factor in the blank is 3, −3 × 6 = 18.

 

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition 1.7 Practice Page 24  Exercise 1.8  Problem 7

Given: 5 ×___= 45

Question is to fill the blank

Find the value in blank using factors of 45

Given: 5×___ = 45

Let the number be x, we have

5x = 45

Now, evaluating the value of x

​5x = 45

x = 9

The value in the blanks is 9, 5×−9 = 45

Therefore, the value of the missing factor in the blanks is 9, 5×− 9 = 45.

 

Page 24  Exercise 1.8  Problem 8

Given: 6×___= 48

Question is to fill the blank

Find the value in blank using factors of 48

Given: 6 × ___= 48

Let the number be x, we have

6x = 48

Now, evaluating the value of x

​6x = 48

x = 8

The value in the blanks is 8, 6 × 8 = 48

Therefore, the value of the missing factor in the blanks is  8, 6 ×  8 = 48.

 

Page 24  Exercise 1.8  Problem 9

Given: 7×___ = 56

Question is to fill the blank

Find the value in blank using factors of 56

Given: 7 ×___= 56

Let the number be x, we have

7x = 56

Now, evaluating the value of x

​7x = 56

x = 8

The value in the blanks is  8, 7 × 8 = 56

Therefore, the value of the missing factor in the blanks is 8, 7 × 8 = 56

 

Common Core 4A Chapter 1 Whole Numbers 1.7 Solutions Page 24  Exercise 1.8  Problem 10

Given: 9×__= 72

Question is to fill the blank

Find the value in blank using factors of 72

Given: 9 × __= 72

Let the number be x, we have

9x = 72

Now, evaluating the value of x

​9x = 72

x = 9

The value in the blanks is 8, 9 ×  8 = 72

Therefore, the value of the missing factor in the blanks is 8, 9×8 = 72

 

Page 24  Exercise 1.8  Problem 11

Given: ___×4 = 72

Question is to find the missing factors and then fill the blank

Find the value in blank using factors of 72.

Given: ___×4 = 72

Let the number be x, we have

4x = 72

Now, evaluating the value of x

​4x = 72

x = 18

The value in the blanks is 18, 18 × 4 = 72.

Therefore, the value of the missing factor in the blanks is 18, 18 × 4 = 72.

 

Page 24  Exercise 1.8  Problem 12

Given:  ___× 6 = 54

Question is to fill the blank

Find the value in blank using factors of 54

Given:  ___ × 6 = 54

Let the number be x, we have

6x = 54

Now, evaluating the value of x

​6x = 54

x = 9

The value in the blanks is 9, 9 × 6 = 54

Therefore, the value of the missing factor in the blanks is 9, 9 × 6 = 54

 

Page 24  Exercise 1.8  Problem 13

Given: ___× 7 = 70

Question is to fill the blank

Find the value in blank using factors of 70

Given: ___ × 7 = 70

Let the number be x, we have

7x = 70

Now, evaluating the value of x

​​7x = 70

x = 10

The value in the blanks is 10, 10 × 7 = 70

Therefore, the value of the missing factor in the blanks is 10, 10 × 7 = 70

 

Page 24  Exercise 1.8  Problem 14

Given: ___× 8 = 64

Question is to fill the blank

Find the value in blank using factors of 64

Given: ___× 8 = 64

Let the number be x, we have 8x=64

Now, evaluating the value of x

​8x = 64

x =  8

The value in the blanks is 8, 8 × 8 = 64

Therefore, the value of the missing factor in the blanks is 8, 8 × 8 = 64

 

Detailed Solutions For Exercise 1.7 Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Page 24  Exercise 8  Problem 15

Given:

​8=1 × ___

8=2 × ___

Question is to fill the blanks and find the factors of 8

Find the value in blank using factors of 8

Given:  8 = 1×___

Let the number be x,  we have

x = 8

8 = 1 × 8

Given: 8 = 2 × ___

Let the number be x,  we have

2x = 8

8 = 2 × 4

Factors of 8 are 1,2,4,8

Therefore, the blank values are 8,4,  8 = 1 × 8, and 8 = 2 × 4. Factors of 8 are 1,2,4 and 8.

 

Page 24  Exercise 8  Problem 16

Given:

​15 = 1×___

15 = 3×___

Question is to fill the blanks and find the factors of 15

Find the value in blank using factors of 15

Given: 15 = 1×___

Let the number be x, we have

x = 15

15 = 1 × 15

Given: 15 = 3 × ___

Let the number be x, we have

3x = 15

15 = 3 × 5

Factors of 15 are 1,3,5,15

Therefore, the blank values are 15,5 15 = 1 × 15 and 15 = 3 × 5. Factors of 15 are 1,3,5 and 15

 

Page 24  Exercise 8  Problem 17

Given: 16,27,13,19,21

To find –  The prime numbers out of these five numbers

Check the number according to the definition of prime number

Given: 16

As we know

​1 × 16 = 16

2× 8 = 16

4  × 4 = 16

It means the factor of 16 is 1,2,4,8,16. 16 is not a prime number.

Given: 27

As we know

​1 × 27 = 27

3 × 9 = 27

It means the factor of 27 is 1,3,9,27. 27 is not a prime number.

Given: 13

As we know

1 × 13 = 13

It means the factor of 13 is 1,13. 13 is a prime number.

Given: 19

As we know

1 × 19 = 19

It means the factor of 19 is 1,19. 19 is a prime number.

Given: 21

As we know

​1 × 21 = 21

3 × 7 = 21

It means factor of 21 is 1,3,7,21. 21

Therefore, the prime numbers out of 16,27,13,19,21 are 13 and 19.

 

Page 25  Exercise 1.9  Problem 1

Given: Is 2 a factor of 35

Question is to check the statement

Use the Divisor method to find the factors of 35 and check that 2 is a factor of 35

Given: Is 2 a factor of 35

Using Factors of 35 by divisor method

Dividing 35 by 1, we have

\(\frac{35}{1}\) = 35

1 is a factor of 35

Dividing 35 by 5, we have

\(\frac{35}{5}\) = 7

5 is a factor of 35

Dividing 35 by, we have

\(\frac{35}{7}\) = 5

7 is a factor of 35

Dividing 35 by 35, we have

\(\frac{35}{35}\) = 1

35 is a factor of 35

Factors of Number 35 are 1,5,7,35. If we divide the number 35 by any integer other than these the remainder will not be 0.

It means if we divide 35 by 2 the remainder will not be. Or we can say 2 is not a factor of 35.

Factors of Number 35 are 1,5,7,35. If we divide the number 35 by any integer other than these the remainder will not be 0 Or we can say 2 is not a factor of 35.

 

Page 25  Exercise 1.9  Problem 2

Given: Is 3 a factor of 45

Question id to check the statement

Use the Divisor method to find the factors of 45 and check that 3 is a factor of 45

Given: Is 3 a factor of 45

Using Factors of 45 by divisor method

Dividing 45 by 1, we have

\(\frac{45}{1}\) = 45

1 is a factor of 45

Dividing 45 by 3, we have

\(\frac{45}{3}\) = 15

3 is a factor of 45

Dividing 45 by 5, we have

\(\frac{45}{5}\)=9

9 is a factor of 5

Dividing 45 by 15, we have

\(\frac{45}{15}\)= 3

15 is a factor of 45

Dividing 45 by 45, we have

\(\frac{45}{45}\)=1

45 is a factor of 45

Factors of Number 45 are 1,3,5,9,15,45.

If we divide the number 45 by any integer other than these the remainder will not be 0.

It means if we divide 45 by 3 the remainder will be 0. Or we can say 3 is a factor of 45.

Factors of Number 45 are 1,3,5,9,15,45. If we divide the number 45 by any integer other than these the remainder will not be 0 Or we can say 3 is a factor of 45.

 

Page 25  Exercise  1.9  Problem 3

Given: 36,48,60,75,84 and digit 3,4,5

To check that integer from 36,48,60,75,84 has 3,4,5 as a factor of integer

Use condition for multiples of 3,4,5 and check it

Factors of 36

Sum of digits of 36 is 9 which is a multiple of 3 so 3 is a factor of 36

Integer 36 is an even number and its last two digits are divisible by 4 so 4 is a factor of 36.

Integer 36 has 6 at ones place so 5 is not a factor of 36.

Factors of 48

Sum of digits of integer 48 is 12 which is a multiple of 3 so 3 is a factor of 48

Integer 48 is an even number and its last two digits are divisible by 4 so 4 is a factor of 48.

Integer 48 has 8 at ones place so 5 is not a factor of 48.

Factors of 60

Sum of digits of integer 60 is 6 which is a multiple of 3 so 3 is a factor of 60

Integer 60 is an even number and its last two digits are divisible by 4 so 4 is a factor of 60.

Integer 60 has 0 at ones place so 5 is a factor of 60.

Factors of 75

Sum of digits of integer 75 is 12 which is a multiple of 3 so 3 is a factor of 75

Integer 75 is an odd number so 4 is not a factor of 75.

Integer 75 has 5 at ones place so 5 is a factor of 75.

Factors of 84

Sum of digits of integer 84 is 12 which is a multiple of 3 so 3 is a factor of 84

Integer 84 is an even number and its last two digits are divisible by 4 so 4 is a factor of 84.

Integer 84 has 4 at ones place so 5 is not a factor of 84.

Combining all the answers, we have

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 1 Whole Numbers Exercises 1.7 - 1.12 Page 25  Exercise  1.9  Problem 3, table 1

 

Therefore

Integer 36 : 3 is a factor of 36, 4 is a factor of 36, and 5 is not a factor of 36.

Integer 48 : 3 is a factor of 48,4 is a factor of 48, and 5 is not a factor of 48.

Integer 60 : 3 is a factor of 60,4 is a factor of 60, and 5 is a factor of 60.

Integer 75 : 3 is a factor of 75,4 is not a factor of 75, 5 is a factor of 75.

Integer 84 : 3 is a factor of 84, 4 is a factor of 84, and 5 is not a factor of 84.

The combined answers of questions above are:

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 1 Whole Numbers Exercises 1.7 - 1.12 Page 25  Exercise  1.9  Problem 3 , table 2

 

Page 25  Exercise  1.9  Problem 4

Given: Answer from above Question

To find – Common factor of all the integer

Observe the result of the above Question and find the common factor

Result of  above Question

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 1 Whole Numbers Exercises 1.7 - 1.12 Page 25  Exercise  1.9 , Problem 4, table 1

 

As we can see from the result of above Question, 3 is a common factor of all integers 30,36,48,60,75,84

 

As we can see from the result of above Question, 3 is a common factor of all integers 30,36,48,60,75,84.

Primary Mathematics Workbook 4A Common Core Edition Chapter 1 Whole Numbers Exercises 1.7 - 1.12 Page 25  Exercise  1.9 , Problem 4, table 2

 

Page 26  Exercise  1.9  Problem 5

Given: 64

To find all the factor of the given number.

We have to find all the numbers when multiplied is equal to 64

​1 × 64 = 64

2 × 32 = 64

4 × 16 = 64

8 × 8 = 64

​64 is a multiple of 1,2,4,8,16,32 and 64

Therefore, the factors of 64 are 1,2,4,8,16,32 and 64

The factors of 64 are 1,2,4,8,16,32 and 64.

 

Page 26  Exercise  1.9   Problem 6

Given: 72

To find all the factor of the given number.

We have to find all the numbers when multiplied is equal to 72

​1 × 72 = 72

2 × 36 = 72

4 × 18 = 72

8 × 9 = 72

72 is a multiple of 1,2,4,8,9,18,36 and 72

Therefore, the factors of 72 are 1,2,4,8,9,18,36 and 72

The factors of 72 are 1,2,4,8,9,18,36 and 72

 

Page 26  Exercise  1.9  Problem 7

Given: 84

To find all the factor of the given number.

We have to find all the numbers when multiplied is equal to 84

​1 × 84 = 84

2 × 42 = 84

4 × 21= 84

7 × 12 = 84

84 is a multiple of 1,2,4,7,12,21,42 and 84

Therefore, the factors of 84 are 1,2,4,7,12,21,42 and 84

The factors of 84 are 1,2,4,7,12,21,42 and 84

 

Page 26  Exercise  1.9  Problem 8

Given: 98

To find all the factor of the given number.

We have to find all the numbers when multiplied is equal to 98

​1 × 98 = 98

2 × 49 = 98

14 × 7 = 98

98 is a multiple of 1,2,7,14,49, and 98

Therefore, the factors of 98 are 1,2,7,14,49, and 98

The factors of 98 are 1,2,7,14,49, and 98

 

Page 26   Exercise  1.9  Problem 9

Given: 60

To find all the factor of the given number.

We have to find all the numbers when multiplied is equal to 60

​1 × 60 = 60

2 × 30 = 60

4 × 15 = 60

5 × 12 = 60

6 × 10 = 60

60 is a multiple of 1,2,4,5,6,10,12,15,30 and 60

Therefore, the factors of 60 are 1,2,4,5,6,10,12,15,30 and 60

The factors of 60 are 1,2,4,5,6,10,12,15,30 and 60

 

Page 27   Exercise  1.9  Problem 10

Given: 64 = 2 × 8 ×_____ × _____

To find – The missing factors.

We have to use prime numbers for the missing factors.

Solve for x.

Let the missing factor be x

​64 = 2 × 8 × x

⇒ x = \(\frac{64}{16}\)

⇒ x = 4

Here, the missing factor should be of the form of prime numbers.

We know that 4 can be written as 4=2×2 and we also know that is a prime number.

Therefore, the missing factors are 2 and 2

64 =  2 × 8 × 2 × 2

 

Page 27   Exercise  1.9  Problem 11

Given: 84 = 6 ×_____ × _____

To find-  The missing factors.

We have to use prime numbers for the missing factors.

Solve for x.

Let the missing factor be x

​84 = 6 × x

⇒ x =  \(\frac{84}{6}\)

⇒ x = 14

​Here, the missing factor should be of the form of prime numbers.

We know that 14 can be written as 14 = 7 × 2 and we also know that 2 and 7 are prime number.

Therefore, the missing factors are 2 and 7

Hence, the missing factors are 84=6 × 2 × 7

 

Page 27   Exercise  1.9   Problem 12

Given: 45 =_____×_____×5

To find – The missing factors.

We have to use prime numbers for the missing factors.

Solve for x.

Let the missing factors be x

​45 = x × 5

⇒ x = \(\frac{45}{5}\)

⇒ x = 9

Here, the missing factor should be of the form of prime numbers.

We know that 9 can be written as 9 = 3 × 3 and we also know that 3 and 3 are prime number.

Therefore, the missing factors are 3 and 3

Hence the factors are 45 = 3 × 3 × 5

 

Page 27   Exercise  1.9  Problem 13

Given: 72=_____×4×_____×_____

To find – The missing factors.

We have to use prime numbers for the missing factors.

Solve for x.

Let the missing factors be x

​72 = x × 4

⇒ x = \(\frac{72}{4}\)

⇒ x = 18

Here, the missing factor should be of the form of prime numbers.

We know that 18 can be written as 18 = 2 × 3 × 3 and we also know that 2 and 3 are prime number.

Therefore, the missing factors are 2 ,3 and 3

Hence, the missing factors are 72 = 2 × 4 × 3 × 3

 

Page 27   Exercise  1.9  Problem 14

Given: 24 = 3 × 2 × n

To find – The missing factors n.

Solve the equation for n.

Simplifying the equation

​24 = 3 × 2 × n

⇒ 24 = 6n

​Dividing

​⇒ n = \(\frac{24}{6}\)

⇒ n = 4

The missing factor is n = 4

 

Page 27   Exercise  1.9  Problem 15

Given: 18 = 3 × 2 × n

To find – The missing factors n.

Solve the equation for n.

Simplifying the equation

​18 = 3 × 2 × n

⇒ 18 = 6n

Dividing

​⇒ n = \(\frac{18}{6}\)

⇒ n = 3

Therefore the value of n in the expression 18=3×2×n will be n = 3

 

Page 27   Exercise  1.9  Problem 16

Given: 25 × 4 = 5 × n × 4

To find – The missing factors n.

Solve the equation for n.

Simplifying the equation

​25 × 4 = 5 × n × 4

⇒ 25 × 4 = 20n

Dividing

​​⇒ n = \(\frac{25×4}{20}\)

⇒ n = 5

The value of n in the equation 25 × 4 = 5 × n × 4 will be n=5

 

Page 27  Exercise  1.9  Problem 17

Given: 21 × 20 = 21 × n × 2

To find-  The missing factors n.

Solve the equation for n.

Simplifying the equation

​21 × 20 = 21 × n × 2

⇒ 21 × 20 = 21 × 2 × n

Dividing

​⇒ n = \(\frac{21×20}{21×2}\)

⇒ n = 10

The missing factors represented by n is 10.

 

Page 27  Exercise  1.9  Problem 18

Given: 3 × 32 = 6 × n

To find- The missing factors n.

Solve the equation for n.

Simplifying the equation

​3 × 32 = 6 × n

⇒ n=\(\frac{3×32}{6}\)

Dividing

⇒ n= \(\frac{1×32}{2}\)

⇒ n = 16

The value of n in the equation 3 × 32 = 6 × n will be n = 16

 

Page 27  Exercise  1.9  Problem 19

Given: 16 × 2 = 4 × n

To find-  The missing factors n.

Solve the equation for n.

​Simplifying the equation

​16 × 2 = 4 × n

⇒ n = \(\frac{16×1}{2}\)

n = 8

​The value of n in the equation 16×2=4×n will be n = 8

 

Page 27   Exercise  1.9  Problem 20

Given: To find if 4 is a common factor of 36 and 60

To solve this question, 36 and 60 by divide 4

If it leaves a remainder, then 4 is not a factor.

If it doesn’t leave a remainder, then 4 is a factor

Divide 36 by divide 4

​⇒  \(\frac{36}{4}\)

⇒ 9

When dividing 36 by 4, there is no reminder.

Therefore, 4 is a common factor of 36

Divide 60 by divide 4

​⇒ \(\frac{60}{4}\)

⇒ 15

When divided 60 by 4, there is no reminder.

Therefore, 4 is a common factor of 60

4 is a common factor of 36 and 60.

 

Page 27  Exercise  1.9  Problem 21

Given: To find if 4 is a common factor of 48 and 90

To solve this question, 48 and 90 by divide 4

If it leaves a remainder, then 4 is not a factor.

If it doesn’t leave a remainder, then 4 is a factor

Divide 48 by divide 4

\(\frac{90}{4}\)

⇒ 22.5

Since when we divide 90 by 4, the answer is of the decimal form. Therefore it has a reminder.

Therefore, 4 is not the common factor of 90

​⇒ 90

4 is a common factor of 48 but not the common factor of 90.

 

Page 27  Exercise  1.9  Problem 22

Given: To find if 6 is a common factor of 30 and 78

To solve this question, 30 and 78 by divide 6

If it leaves a remainder, then 6 is not a factor.

If it doesn’t leave a remainder, then 6 is a factor

Divide 30 by divide 6

​⇒ \(\frac{30}{6}\)

⇒ 5

When dividing 30 by 6, there is no reminder.

Therefore, 6 is a common factor of 30

Divide 78 by divide 6

​⇒ \(\frac{78}{6}\)

​⇒ 13

When dividing 78 by 6, there is no reminder.

Therefore, 6 is a common factor of 78

6 is a common factor of 30 and 78.

 

Page 28  Exercise 9  Problem 23

Given:

Multiple of 3: 3,6,9,12,15,18,…

Multiple of 2:​​​ 2,4,6,8,10,12,…

To find –The first two common multiples of 3 and 2

The numbers which are both the multiple of 3 and 2 are the common multiples of 3 and 2.

By observing the multiples of 3 and 2, 6 and 12 are both the multiple of 3 and 2.

Therefore, 6 and 12 are the first two common multiples of 3 and 2.

The first two common multiples of 3 and 2 are 6 and 12.

 

Page 27   Exercise  1.9   Problem 24

Given:

Multiple of 8: 8,16,24,32…….

Multiple of 4:​​​ 4,8,12,16,…

To find the first two common multiples of 8 and 4

The numbers which are both the multiple of 8 and 4 are the common multiples of 8 and 4.

By observing the multiples of 8 and 4, 8and 16are both the multiples of 8 and 4.

Therefore, 8 and 16 are the first two common multiples of 8 and 4.

The first two common multiples of 8 and 4 are 8 and 16.

 

Page 27   Exercise  1.9  Problem 25

To find – The first two common multiples of 9 and 6

The numbers which are both the multiple of 9 and 6 are the common multiples of 9 and 6.

First, find the multiples of 9 and 6

Then observe the multiples of 9 and 6 and find their first two common multiples.

Multiple of 9: 9,18,27,36,45…

Multiple of 6:6,12,18,24,30,36…

By observing the multiples of 9 and 6, 18 and 36 are both the multiples of 9 and 6.

Therefore, 9 and 6 are the first two common multiples of 18 and 36.

The first two common multiples of 9 and 6 are 18 and 36.

 

Page 27  Exercise  1.9  Problem 26

To find – The first two common multiples of 8 and 6

The numbers which are both the multiple of 8 and 6 are the common multiples of 8 and 6.

First, find the multiples of 8 and 6

Then observe the multiples of 8 and 6 and find their first two common multiples.

Multiple of 8: 8,16,24,32,40,48,56,…

Multiple of 6: 6,12,18,24,30,36,42,48,54,…

By observing the multiples of 8 and 6, 24 and 48 are both the multiple of 8 and 6.

Therefore, 8 and 6 are the first two common multiples of 24 and 48.

The first two common multiples of 8 and 6 are 24 and 48.

 

Page 29   Exercise 1.10  Problem 1

Given: 8 + 12 + 20

To find – The value of each of the given expressions.

Add the first two-term

​⇒ 8 + 12 + 20

⇒ 20 + 20

Now add the remaining terms

Therefore, the value of the expression, 8 + 12 + 20 = 40

 

Page 29   Exercise 1.10  Problem 2

Given: 40 − 14 −9

To find – The value of each of the given expressions.

Add the terms that are of the same signs.

​⇒ 40 − 14 − 9

⇒ 40 − 23

Now subtract the remaining terms (since the sign of the greatest number is positive, the answer also has a positive sign.)

⇒ 17

Therefore, the value of the expression, 40 − 14 − 9 = 17

 

Page 29   Exercise 1.10  Problem 3

Given: 26 + 8 − 9

To find –  The value of each of the given expressions.

Add the terms that are of the same signs.

​⇒ 26 + 8 − 9

⇒ 34 − 9

Now subtract the remaining terms (since the sign of the greatest number is positive, the answer also has a positive sign.)

⇒ 25

Therefore, the value of the expression, 26 + 8 − 9 = 25

 

Page 29   Exercise 1.10   Problem 4

Given: 21−5 + 8

To find –  The value of each of the given expressions.

Add the terms that are of the same signs.

​⇒ 21 − 5 + 8

⇒ 29 − 5

⇒ 24

Now subtract the remaining terms (since the sign of the greatest number is positive, the answer also has a positive sign.)

⇒ 24

Therefore, the value of the expression, 21−5 + 8 = 24

 

Page 29   Exercise 1.10  Problem 5

Given: 3 × 5 × 8

To find – The value of each of the given expressions.

First, multiply the first two terms.

​⇒ 3 × 5 × 8

⇒ 15 × 8

Now multiply the remaining terms.

⇒ 120

Therefore, the value of the expression,3 × 5 × 8 = 120

 

Page 29   Exercise 1.10  Problem 6

Given: 36 ÷ 3 ÷ 4

To find – The value of each of the given expressions.

First, divide the first two terms.

​⇒ 36 ÷ 3 ÷ 4

⇒ 12 ÷ 4

Now divide the remaining terms.

⇒ 3

Therefore, the value of the expression, 36 ÷ 3 ÷ 4 = 3

 

Page 29   Exercise 1.10  Problem 7

Given: 4 × 9 − 3

To find – The value of each of the given expressions.

Use BODMAS rule to find the value of the expression.

By BODMAS rule, first, multiply the first two terms.

​⇒ 4 × 9 − 3

⇒ 36 − 3

Now subtract the remaining terms. (Since the sign of the greatest number is positive, the answer also has a positive sign.)

⇒ 36 − 3 = 33

Therefore, the value of the expression,4 × 9 − 3 = 33

 

Page 29   Exercise 1.10   Problem 8

Given: 64 ÷ 8 × 5

To find – The value of each of the given expressions.

By BODMAS rule, we have to first divide the given expression and then multiply.(since in the order of operations division is followed by multiplication)

First, divide the first two terms.

​⇒ 64 ÷ 8 × 5

⇒ 8 × 5

Now multiply the remaining terms.

⇒ 40

Therefore, the value of the expression,64 ÷ 8 × 5 = 40

 

Page 29  Exercise 1.10  Problem  9

Given: 24 ÷ 6 × 8

To find – The value of each of the given expressions.

By BODMAS rule, we have to first divide the given expression and then multiply.(Since in the order of operations division is followed by multiplication)

First divide the first two terms.

​⇒ 24 ÷ 6 × 8

⇒ 4 × 8

Now multiply the remaining terms.

⇒ 32

Therefore, the value of the expression, 24 ÷ 6 × 8 = 32

 

Page 29  Exercise  1.10  Problem 10

Given: 140 − 40 × 3

To find-  The value of each of the given expressions.

By BODMAS rule, we have to first multiply the given expression and then subtract.(Since in the order of operations multiplication is followed by subtraction)

​First, multiply the last two terms.

​⇒ 140−40 × 3 = 140 − 120

Now subtract the remaining terms.

Here, since the greatest number is negative the answer holds a negative sign.

⇒ 140 − 120 = 20

Therefore, the value of the expression,140 − 40 × 3 = 20

 

Page 29   Exercise  1.10  Problem 11

Given: 46 + 32 ÷ 8

To find – The value of each of the given expression.

By BODMAS rule, we have to first divide the given expression and then add.(Since in the order of operations division is followed by addition)

First divide the last two terms.

​⇒ 46 + 32 ÷ 8

⇒ 46 + 4

Now add the remaining terms.

⇒ 50

Therefore, the value of the expression,46 + 32 ÷ 8 = 50

 

Page 29   Exercise  1.10  Problem 12

Given: 100−60÷4

To find – The value of each of the given expressions.

By BODMAS rule, we have to first divide the given expression and then subtract.(Since in the order of operations division is followed by subtraction)

First divide the last two terms.

​⇒ 100−60 ÷ 4

⇒ 100 −15

Now subtract the remaining terms. (since the sign of the greatest number is positive, the answer takes a positive sign.)

⇒ 85

Therefore, the value of the expression,100−60 ÷ 4 = 85

 

Page 29  Exercise  1.10  Problem 13

Given: 8 × 6 + 14

To find – The value of each of the given expressions.

By BODMAS rule, we have to first multiply the given expression and then add.(Since in the order of operations multiplication is followed by addition)

First multiply the first two terms.

​⇒ 8 × 6 + 14

⇒ 48 + 14

Now add the remaining terms. (since the sign of the greatest number is positive, the answer takes a positive sign.)

⇒ 62

Therefore, the value of the expression,8 × 6 + 14 = 62

 

Page 29   Exercise  1.10   Problem 14

Given: 12 + 18 ÷ 6

To find – The value of each of the given expressions.

By BODMAS rule, we have to first divide the given expression and then add.(Since in the order of operations multiplication is followed by addition)

First divide the last two terms.

​⇒ 12 + 18 ÷ 6

⇒12 + 3

​Now add the remaining terms.

⇒15

Therefore, the value of the expression,12 + 18 ÷ 6 = 15

 

Page 29   Exercise  1.10  Problem 15

Given: 6 × 10 − 5

To find-  The value of each of the given expressions.

By BODMAS rule, we have to first multiply the given expression and then subtract. (Since in the order of operations multiplication is followed by addition)

First multiply the first two terms.

​⇒ 6 × 10 − 5

⇒ 60 − 5

Now subtract the remaining terms. (Since the sign of the greatest number is positive, the answer takes a positive sign.)

⇒ 55

Therefore, the value of the expression,6 × 10 − 5 = 55

 

Page 29   Exercise  1.10  Problem 16

Given: 72 + 6 × 6

To find – The value of each of the given expressions.

By BODMAS rule, we have to first multiply the given expression and then add.(Since in the order of operations multiplication is followed by addition)

First, multiply the last two terms.

​⇒ 72 + 6 × 6

⇒ 72 + 36

Now add the remaining terms.

⇒ 108

Therefore, the value of the expression, 72 + 6 × 6 = 108

 

Page 30   Exercise 1.10  Problem 17

Given: 20 + 4 ÷ 4 − 4

To find the value of each of the given expressions.

By BODMAS rule, we have to first divide the given expression, then add and then subtract. (Since in the order of operations multiplication is followed by addition and then by subtraction)

First divide the middle two terms.

​⇒ 20 + (4 ÷ 4) − 4

⇒ 20 + 1 − 4

Now add the first two terms and then subtract.(Since the sign of the greatest number is positive, the answer takes a positive sign.)

​⇒ 21 − 4

⇒ 17

​Therefore, value of the expression,20 + 4 ÷ 4 − 4 = 17

 

Page 30   Exercise 1.10   Problem 18

Given: 6 × 2−10 ÷ 5

To find – The value of each of the given expression.

By BODMAS rule, we have to first divide the given expression, then multiply and then subtract.(Since in the order of operations division is followed by multiplication and then by subtraction)

First divide the last two terms.

​⇒ 6 × 2 − 10 ÷ 5

⇒ 6 × 2−2

Now multiply the first two terms and then subtract. (Since the sign of the greatest number is positive, the answer takes a positive sign.)

​⇒ 12 − 2

⇒ 10

​Therefore, the value of the expression,6 × 2−10 ÷ 5 = 10

 

Page 30   Exercise 1.10  Problem 19

Given: 80−36 ÷ 4 × 3

To find – The value of each of the given expressions.

By BODMAS rule, we have to first divide the given expression, then multiply and then subtract. (Since in the order of operations division is followed by multiplication and then by subtraction)

First divide the middle two terms.

​⇒ 80 − (36÷4) × 3

⇒ 80−9 × 3

Now multiply the last two terms and then subtract.(Since the sign of the greatest number is positive, the answer takes a positive sign.)

​⇒ 80 − 27

⇒ 53

Therefore, the value of the expression, 80−36 ÷ 4 × 3 = 53

 

Page 30  Exercise 1.10  Problem 20

Given: 32 + 8 + 10 × 2.

To find – The value of each of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be multiplication and then addition.

Referring to the question

32 + 8 + 10 × 2

Using BODMAS

32 + 8 + 20

=  60

Hence, the value of 32 + 8 + 10 × 2 is 60.

 

Page 30  Exercise 1.10  Problem 21

Given: 52−35 ÷ 7 − 7 × 2.

To find –  The value of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be division, then multiplication, and then addition and subtraction.

Referring to the question

52 − 35 ÷ 7 − 7 × 2

Using BODMAS

52−5−14

= 33

Hence, the value of 52−35÷7−7 × 2 is 33.

 

Page 30  Exercise 1.10  Problem 22

Given: 9 × 8 − 6 × 10.

To find – The value of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be multiplication and subtraction.

Referring to the question

9 × 8−6 × 10

Using BODMAS

72 − 60

Hence, the value of  9 × 8−6 × 10 is 12.

 

Page 30  Exercise 1.10  Problem 23

Given: 7 × 8 + 24 ÷ 8.

To find – The value of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be division, then multiplication and then addition.

Referring to the question

7 × 8 + 24 ÷ 8

Using BODMAS

56 + 3

= 59

Hence, the value of 7 × 8 + 24 ÷ 8 is 59.

 

Page 30  Exercise 1.10  Problem 24

Given: 63÷9 + 20 ÷ 10.

To find – The value of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be division and then addition.

Referring to the question

63 ÷ 9 + 20 ÷ 10

Using BODMAS

7 + 2

= 9

Hence, the value of 63 ÷ 9 + 20 ÷ 10 is 9.

 

Page 30  Exercise 1.10  Problem 25

Given:

To find – The value of 12 + 49 ÷ 7 × 3.

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be division, then multiplication, and then addition.

Referring to the question

12 + 49 ÷ 7 × 3

Using BODMAS

12 + 21

=  33

Hence, the value of 12 + 49 ÷ 7 × 3 is 33.

 

Page 30  Exercise 1.10  Problem 26

Given: 5×8−32÷4+18.

To find – The value of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be division, then multiplication, and then addition and subtraction.

Referring to the question

5 × 8 − 32 ÷ 4 + 18

Using BODMAS

40 − 8 + 18

= 50

Hence, the value of 5 × 8 − 32 ÷ 4 + 18 is 50.

 

Page 31  Exercise 1. 11  Problem 1

Given: 9 + (26−15).

To find –  The value of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be opening the brackets followed by addition and subtraction.

Referring to the question

⇒ 9 + (26 − 15)

Using BODMAS

⇒  9 + 26 − 15

= 20

Hence, the value of 9 + (26−15) is 20.

 

Page 31  Exercise 1. 11  Problem 2

Given: 90−(4 + 6).

To find –  The value of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be opening the brackets followed by addition and subtraction.

Referring to the question

⇒  90− (4 + 6)

Using BODMAS

⇒  90 − 4 − 6

= 80

Hence, the value of  90 − (4 + 6) is 80.

 

Page 31   Exercise 1. 11  Problem 3

Given: 12 − (10 − 8).

To find – The value of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be opening the brackets followed by addition and subtraction.

Referring to the question

⇒ 12 − (10 − 8)

Using BODMAS

⇒ 12 − 10 + 8

= 10

Hence, the value of 12−(10−8) is 10.

 

Page 31   Exercise 1. 11  Problem 4

Given: (31 − 20) − 8

To find –  The value of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be opening the brackets followed by addition and subtraction.

Referring to the question

⇒ (31−20)−8

Using BODMAS

⇒  31−20−8

= 3

Hence, the value of (31−20)−8 is 3.

 

Page 31   Exercise 1. 11  Problem 5

Given: 8 × (3 × 2).

To find – The value of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be opening the brackets followed by multiplication.

Referring to the question

⇒  8 × (3 × 2)

Using BODMAS

⇒  8 × 3 × 2

= 48

Hence, the value of 8 × (3 × 2) is 48.

 

Page 31   Exercise 1. 11  Problem 6

Given: 20 ÷ (4 ÷ 2).

To find – The value of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS. Thus, the first operation will be solving the operation in the bracket followed by division.

Referring to the question

⇒ 20 ÷ (4 ÷ 2)

Using BODMAS

⇒ 20 ÷ 2

= 10

Hence, the value of 20 ÷ (4 ÷ 2) is 10.

 

Page 31   Exercise 1. 11  Problem 7

Given: 9 × (15 ÷ 3)

To find – The value of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS. Thus, the first operation will be solving the operation in the bracket followed by multiplication.

Referring to the question

⇒ 9 × (15 ÷ 3)

Using BODMAS

⇒ 9 × 5

= 45

Hence, the value of  9 × (15 ÷ 3) is 45.

 

Page 31   Exercise 1. 11  Problem 8

Given: 15 ÷ (5 × 3).

To find   The value of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be solving the operation in the bracket followed by division.

Referring to the question

⇒ 15 ÷ (5 × 3)

Using BODMAS

⇒ 15 ÷ 15

= 1

Hence, the value of 15 ÷ (5 ×3 ) is 1.

 

Page 31   Exercise 1. 11  Problem  9

Given: (9+6)÷5

To find the value of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be solving the operation in the bracket followed by division.

Referring to the question

⇒ (9 + 6) ÷ 5

Using BODMAS

⇒ 15 ÷ 5

= 3

Hence, the value of (9 + 6) ÷ 5 is 3.

 

Page 31   Exercise 1. 11  Problem  10

Given: 2 × (9−4)

To find –  The value of

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be solving the operation in the bracket followed by multiplication.

Referring to the question

⇒ 2 × (9−4)

Using BODMAS

⇒ 2 × 5

= 10

Hence, the value of 2 × (9−4) is 10.

 

Page 31   Exercise 1. 11  Problem  11

Given: 12 ÷ (8−6)

To find –  The value of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be solving the operation in the bracket followed by division.

Referring to the question

⇒ 12 ÷ (8−6)

Using BODMAS

⇒ 12 ÷ 2

= 6

Hence, the value of 12 ÷ (8−6) is 6.

 

Page 31   Exercise 1. 11  Problem  12

Given: (4 + 6) × 5.

To find – The value of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be solving the operation in the bracket followed by multiplication.

Referring to the question

⇒ (4 + 6) × 5

Using BODMAS

⇒ 10 × 5

= 50

Hence, the value of (4 + 6) × 5 is 50.

 

Page 31   Exercise 1. 11  Problem  13

Given: 10 × (15 ÷ 5)

To find –  The value of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be solving the operation in the bracket followed by multiplication.

Referring to the question

⇒ 10 × (15 ÷ 5)

Using BODMAS

⇒ 10 × 3

= 30

Hence, the value of 10 × (15 ÷ 5) is 30.

 

Page 31   Exercise 1. 11  Problem  14

Given:  (51 − 44) ÷ 7

To find – The value of the given expression

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be solving the operation in the bracket followed by division.

Referring to the question

⇒ (51 − 44) ÷ 7

Using BODMAS

⇒ 7 ÷ 7

= 1

Hence, the value of (51− 44) ÷ 7 is 1.

 

Page 31   Exercise 1. 11  Problem  15

Given: 72 ÷ (9 − 3)

To find – The value of the given expression 72÷(9−3).

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be solving the operation in the bracket followed by division.

Referring to the question

⇒ 72 ÷ (9−3)

Using BODMAS

⇒ 72 ÷ 6

= 12

Hence, the value of 72 ÷ (9−3) is 12.

 

Page 31   Exercise 1. 11  Problem  16

Given: (28 − 18) × 10

To find – The value of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be solving the operation in the bracket followed by multiplication.

Referring to the question

⇒ (28−18) ×10

Using BODMAS

⇒ 10 × 10

= 100

Hence, the value of (28−18)×10 is 100.

 

Page 32   Exercise 1. 11  Problem 17

Given: 20 + (8 + 4) ÷ 3 .

To find –  The value of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be solving the operation in the bracket followed by division and addition.

Referring to the question

⇒ 20 + (8 + 4) ÷ 3

Using BODMAS

⇒ 20 + 12 ÷ 3

⇒ 20 + 4

= 24

Hence, the value of 20+(8+4)÷3 is 24.

 

Page 32   Exercise 1. 11  Problem 18

Given: 16 + (9 − 3)× 5

To find –  The value of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be solving the operation in the bracket followed by multiplication and addition.

Referring to the question

⇒ 16 + (9 − 3) × 5

Using BODMAS

⇒ 16 + 6 × 5

⇒ 16 + 30

= 46

Hence, the value of  16 + (9−3) × 5 is 46.

 

Page 32   Exercise 1. 11  Problem 19

Given:  3 × (4 + 2) ÷ 2

To find – The value of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be solving the operation in the bracket followed by division and then multiplication.

Referring to the question

⇒ 3 × (4 + 2) ÷ 2

Using BODMAS

⇒ 3 × 6 ÷ 2

⇒ 3 × 3

Hence, the value of 3 × (4 + 2) ÷ 2 is 9.

 

Page 32   Exercise 1. 11  Problem 20

Given: 7 × (13 − 6) −19

To find – The value of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be solving the operation in the bracket followed by multiplication and subtraction.

Referring to the question

⇒ 7 × (13 − 6) − 19

Using BODMAS

⇒ 7 × 7−19

⇒ 49 − 19

= 30

Hence, the value of 7 × (13−6)−19 is 30.

 

Page 32  Exercise 1. 11 Problem 21

Given: 60 + (18 + 7) ÷ 5

To find –  The value of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be solving the operation in the bracket followed by division and addition.

Referring to the question

⇒ 60 + (18 + 7) ÷ 5

Using BODMAS

⇒ 60 + 25 ÷ 5

⇒ 60 + 5

= 65

Hence, the value of 60 + (18 + 7) ÷ 5 is 65.

 

Page 32  Exercise 1. 11 Problem 22

Given: 8 × (11 − 8) ÷ 6

To find – The value of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be solving the operation in the bracket followed by multiplication and division.

Referring to the question

⇒ 8 × (11− 8) ÷ 6

Using BODMAS

⇒ 8 × 3 ÷ 6

⇒ 24 ÷ 6

Hence, the value of 8 × (11− 8) ÷ 6 is 4.

 

Page 32  Exercise 1. 11 Problem 23

Given: 24 ÷ 6 + 3 × (6−4)

To find – The value of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be solving the operation in the bracket followed by division and multiplication, and then addition.

Referring to the question

⇒ 24 ÷ 6 + 3 × (6−4)

Using BODMAS

⇒ 24 ÷ 6 + 3 × 2

⇒ 4 + 6

= 10

Hence, the value of 24 ÷ 6 + 3 × (6−4) is 10.

 

Page 32  Exercise 1. 11 Problem 24

Given: 10 + (28 − 8) ÷ 5 × 2

To find – The value of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be solving the operation in the bracket followed by division and multiplication, and then addition.

Referring to the question

⇒ 10 + (28−8) ÷ 5 × 2

Using BODMAS

⇒ 10 + 20 ÷ 5 × 2

⇒ 10 + 4 × 2

⇒ 10 + 8

= 18

Hence, the value of  10 + (28−8) ÷ 5 × 2 is 18.

 

Page 32  Exercise 1. 11 Problem 25

Given: 15×(8+2)−25÷5

To find –  The value of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be solving the operation in the bracket followed by division and multiplication, and then subtraction.

Referring to the question

⇒ 15 × (8 + 2)−25 ÷ 5

Using BODMAS

⇒ 15 × 10 − 25 ÷ 5

⇒ 150 − 5

= 145

Hence, the value of 15 × (8 + 2) − 25 ÷ 5 is 145.

 

Page 32  Exercise 1. 11 Problem 26

Given: 100−8 × (5 + 2) ÷ 4

To find – The value of the given expression.

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be solving the operation in the bracket followed by multiplication and division, and then subtraction.

Referring to the question

⇒ 100 − 8 × (5 + 2) ÷ 4

Using BODMAS

⇒ 100 − 8 × 7 ÷ 4

⇒ 100 − 14

=86

Hence, the value of  100−8 × (5 + 2) ÷ 4 is 86.

 

Page 33  Exercise 1. 12 Problem 1 

Given: Total number of beads = 50

Number of beads used to make necklace = 32

Number of beads bought = 18

To Find: Number of beads left

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be solving the operation in the bracket followed by addition.

Referring to the question, the following is the required expression

⇒ (50−32) + 18

Using BODMAS

⇒ 18 + 18

= 36

Hence, the number of beads left is 36.

 

Page 33  Exercise 1. 12 Problem 2

Given: Total number of muffins = 20

Number of muffins eaten = 5

Number of muffins given away = 10

To Find: Number of muffins left

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be solving the operation in the bracket followed by subtraction.

Referring to the question, the following is the required expression

⇒ 20−(5 + 10)

Using BODMAS

⇒ 20 − 15

= 5

Hence, the number of muffins left with Patrick is 5.

 

Page 33  Exercise 1. 12 Problem 3

Given: Total number of baseball cards with Sean = 15

Number of baseball cards with Adam = twice the number of cards with Sean

Number of baseball cards Adam bought = 10

To Find: Number of baseball cards with Adam

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be solving the operation in the bracket followed by multiplication.

Referring to the question, the following is the required expression

⇒ (15 × 2) + 10

Using BODMAS

⇒ 30 + 10

= 40

Hence, the number of baseball cards that Adam has is 40

 

Page 34  Exercise 1. 12 Problem  4

To Check: 24 = 3 × 8

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Compare the LHS and RHS.

Referring to the question

LHS = 24

Using BODMAS

RHS = 3 × 8

= 24

Therefore, LHS = RHS so the given equation is true.

 

Page 34  Exercise 1. 12 Problem  5

To Check: 9 × 11 = 88

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Compare the LHS and RHS.

Referring to the question

RHS =88

Using BODMAS

LHS = 9 × 11

= 99

Therefore, LHS ≠ RHS so the given equation is false.

 

Page 34  Exercise 1. 12 Problem  6

To Check: 8 + 35 = (3 × 5) + 8

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Compare the LHS and RHS.

Referring to the question and using BODMAS

​LHS = 8 + 35

⇒ 43

Referring to the question and using BODMAS

​RHS = (3 × 5) + 8

⇒ 15 + 8

⇒ 23

Therefore, LHS ≠ RHS so the given equation is false.

 

Page 34  Exercise 1. 12 Problem  7

To Check: 16−9 = (7 × 8) − 49

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Compare the LHS and RHS.

Referring to the question and using BODMAS

​LHS = 16 − 9

⇒ 7

Referring to the question and using BODMAS

​RHS = (7 × 8) − 49

⇒ 56 − 49

⇒ 7

Therefore, LHS = RHS so the given equation is true.

 

Page 34  Exercise 1. 12 Problem  8

To find – The value of (1×5)×10=5×10

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be multiplication in the brackets.

Check LHS = RHS

Referring to the question and using BODMAS

​LHS = (1 × 5) × 10

= 5 × 10

= 50

Further Simplifying the equation

​RHS = 5 × 10

= 50

So, LHS = RHS

Therefore, the equation (1 × 5) × 10 = 5 × 10 is True as

LHS=RHS

 

Page 34  Exercise 1. 12 Problem  9

To find – The value of 8+6=(2×3)+(5×2)

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be multiplication in the brackets.

Check LHS = RHS

Referring to the question and using BODMAS

​LHS = 8 + 6

=14

Further Simplifying the equation

​RHS = (2 × 3) + (5 × 2)

= 6 + 10

= 16

So,  LHS ≠ RHS

Therefore, the equation 8+6=(2×3)+(5×2) is False as LHS ≠ RHS

 

Page 34  Exercise 1. 12 Problem  10

To find – The value of (20÷5)+2=(2×4)−(1×2)

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be multiplication in the brackets.

Check LHS = RHS

Referring to the question and using BODMAS

​LHS = (20 ÷ 5) + 2

= 4 + 2

= 6

Further Simplifying the equation

​RHS = (2 × 4) − (1 × 2)

= 8 − 2

= 6

So, LHS = RHS

Therefore, the equation (20 ÷ 5) + 2 = (2 × 4) − (1 × 2) is True as LHS  = RHS

 

Page 34  Exercise 1.12 Problem 11

To find –  The value of the blank in 36−(20−7)=……..−13

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be subtraction in the brackets.

Check LHS=RHS

Solve LHS to find the blank.

Referring to the question and using BODMAS

​LHS = 36 − (20 − 7)

= 36 −13

Further Simplifying and comparing the equation

RHS= ………−13

So, Comparing LHS and RHS the value of the blank is 36

Therefore, the value of the blank is 36 making the equation True.

 

Page 34  Exercise 1.12 Problem 12

To find – The value of the blank in (5+8)×(4+6)=……..×10

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be an addition in the brackets.

Check LHS = RHS

Solve LHS to find the blank.

Referring to the question and using BODMAS

​LHS = (5 + 8) × (4 + 6)

= 13 × 10

Further Simplifying and comparing the equation

RHS=………×10

So, Comparing LHS and RHS the value of the blank is 13

Therefore, the value of the blank is 13 making the equation True.

 

Page 34  Exercise 1.12 Problem 13

To find –  The value of the blank in 100×(9÷3)=……..×3

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be division in the brackets.

Check LHS=RHS

Solve LHS to find the blank.

Referring to the question and using BODMAS

​LHS = 100 × (9 ÷ 3)

= 100 × 3

Further Simplifying and comparing the equation

RHS =………×3

So, Comparing LHS and RHS the value of the blank is 100

Therefore, the value of the blank is 100 making the equation True.

 

Page 34  Exercise 1.12 Problem 14

To find –  The value of the blank in (26−11)÷5 × 4 =……..×4

Use the strategy of BODMAS.

Thus, the first operation will be division in the brackets.

Check LHS = RHS

Solve LHS to find the blank.

Referring to the question and using BODMAS

​LHS = (26−11) ÷ 5 × 4

= 15 ÷ 5 × 4

= 3 × 4

Further Simplifying and comparing the equation

RHS =………×4

So, Comparing LHS and RHS the value of the blank is 3

Therefore, the value of the blank is 3 making the equation True.

 

Page 34  Exercise 1.12 Problem  15

To insert the parentheses in the given equation 2+4÷2=3

Use the strategy of BODMAS to insert the brackets.

Check LHS = RHS

Solve LHS using parentheses to make it true for the equation.

Adding the parentheses at the addition rule to make the equation true

​LHS = 2 + 4 ÷ 2

= (2 + 4) ÷ 2

Further Simplifying and comparing the equation

​RHS = 3

LHS = (2 + 4) ÷ 2

= 6 ÷ 2

= 3

So, the parentheses will be inserted at addition making LHS as (2 + 4) ÷ 2

Therefore, the parentheses will be inserted at addition making LHS as (2+4)÷2 making the equation True.

 

Page 34  Exercise 1.12 Problem  16

To insert the parentheses in the given equation 6−2×3=0

Use the strategy of BODMAS to insert the brackets.

Check LHS = RHS

Solve LHS using parentheses to make it true for the equation.

Adding the parentheses at the multiplication rule to make the equation true

​LHS = 6 − 2 × 3

= 6 − (2 × 3)

Further Simplifying and comparing the equation

​RHS = 0

LHS = 6 − (2× 3)

= 6−6

= 0

So, the parentheses will be inserted at multiplication making LHS as  6−(2 × 3)

Therefore, the parentheses will be inserted at multiplication making LHS as 6−(2×3) making the equation True.

 

Page 34  Exercise 1.12 Problem  17

To insert the parentheses in the given equation 2 × 4− 3 + 2 = 7

Use the strategy of BODMAS to insert the brackets.

Check LHS = RHS

Solve LHS using parentheses to make it true for the equation.

Adding the parentheses at the multiplication rule to make the equation true

​LHS = 2 × 4 − 3 + 2

= (2 × 4) − 3 + 2

​Further Simplifying and comparing the equation

​RHS = 7

LHS = (2 × 4) − 3 + 2

=8 − 3 + 2

= 5 + 2

= 7

So, the parentheses will be inserted at multiplication making LHS as (2 × 4)−3 + 2

Therefore, the parentheses will be inserted at multiplication making LHS as (2 × 4)−3 + 2 making the equation True.

 

Page 34  Exercise 1.12 Problem  18

To insert the parentheses in the given equation 2 × 4− 3 + 2 = 4

Use the strategy of BODMAS to insert the brackets.

Check LHS = RHS

Solve LHS using parentheses to make it true for the equation.

Adding the parentheses at the addition rule to make the equation true

​LHS = 2 × 4 − 3 + 2

= 2 × (4−3) + 2

Further Simplifying and comparing the equation

​RHS = 4

LHS = 2 × (4 − 3) + 2

= 2 × 1 + 2

= 2 + 2

= 4

So, the parentheses will be inserted at subtraction making LHS as  2 × (4 − 3) + 2

Therefore, the parentheses will be inserted at subtraction making LHS as  2 × (4 − 3) + 2 making the equation True.

 

Page 34  Exercise 1.12 Problem  19

To insert the parentheses in the given equation 2 × 4 − 3 + 2 = 3

Use the strategy of BODMAS to insert the brackets.

Check LHS = RHS

Solve LHS using parentheses to make it true for the equation.

Adding the parentheses at the addition rule to make the equation true

​LHS = 2 × 4 − 3 + 2

= 2 × 4 − (3 + 2)

Further Simplifying and comparing the equation

​RHS = 3

LHS = 2 × 4−(3 + 2)

= 8 − 5

= 3

So, the parentheses will be inserted at addition making LHS as 2 × 4 − (3 + 2)

Therefore, the parentheses will be inserted at addition making LHS as 2 × 4 − (3 + 2) making the equation True.

 

Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Common Core Student Edition Chapter 4 Rational Numbers Exercise 4.2

Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Common Core Chapter 4 Rational Numbers

 

Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Chapter 4 Exercise 4.2 Solutions Page 271   Exercise 1  Problem 1

To add or subtract the fractions we see the denominator.

If the denominators are the same we only function with the numerator.

If the denominators are not the same we take the L.C.M of it.

Multiplication: Multiply the numerator with the numerator.

Multiply the denominator with the denominator.

Divide: Dividing a fraction by another fraction is the same as multiplying the fraction by the reciprocal (inverse) of the other.

Here we have shown the addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division of two fractions

Read and Learn More Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Common Core Student Edition Solutions

Common Core Chapter 4 Rational Numbers Exercise 4.2 Answers Glencoe Math Course 2 Page 271   Exercise 1  Problem 2

The Greek letter π (pi) represents the nonterminating and nonrepeating number whose first few digits are 3.14.….

This number is an irrational number.

Using the internet we have to find the value of π

Glencoe Math Course 2 Student Edition Volume 1 Chapter 4 Rational Numbers Exercise 4.2

The fractional value of π is \(\frac{22}{7}\)

We divide them
Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 4.2 Compare and Order Rational Numbers Page 271 Exercise 1 Answer

The value of π is 3.1428… and so on. Because the value of π is an irrational number, it is an irrational number.

The value of π is presented as 3.14159, whose ration is unknown when it is originally introduced in the earlier lessons.

The most common estimate is in the form of a rational number, such as 227=3.1428571428571 which is the closest but not exact approximation to the actual value of π

Therefore, the value of π: is 3.1428.  The non-terminating and non-repeating decimal expansion ofπ makes it an irrational number.

 

Step-By-Step Guide For Exercise 4.2 Chapter 4 Rational Numbers In Glencoe Math Course 2 Page 272  Exercise 1 Problem 3

 

Given:  \(\frac{5}{6}\) ◯ \(\frac{7}{9}\)

To find – Fill in the ◯ with <, > or=

We know that

\(\frac{5}{6}\) ◯ \(\frac{7}{9}\)

The LCD of the denominators 6 and 9 is 18

\(\frac{5}{6}\) = \(\frac{5×3}{6×3}\)

⇒  \(\frac{15}{18}\)

\(\frac{7}{9}\) = \(\frac{7×2}{9×2}\)

⇒   \(\frac{14}{18}\)

Since, \(\frac{15}{18}\) > \(\frac{14}{18}\), \(\frac{5}{6}\) > \(\frac{7}{9}\)

Finally, We compare the numerators of each fraction and order them from least to largest or greatest to least. \(\frac{15}{18}\) > \(\frac{14}{18}\), \(\frac{5}{6}\) > \(\frac{7}{9}\)

 

Given: \(\frac{1}{5}\) ◯ \(\frac{7}{50}\)

To find – Fill in the ◯ with <, > or =

\(\frac{1}{5}\) ◯ \(\frac{7}{50}\)

The LCD of the denominators 5 and 50 is 50

\(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{1×10}{5×10}\)

⇒  \(\frac{10}{50}\)

⇒   \(\frac{1}{5}\)

\(\frac{7}{50}\) = \(\frac{7×1}{50×1}\)

⇒  \(\frac{7}{50}\)

\(\frac{10}{50}\)>\(\frac{7}{50}\), \(\frac{1}{5}\)>\(\frac{7}{50}\)

Finally, We compare the numerators of each fraction and order them from least to largest or greatest to least. \(\frac{10}{50}\)>\(\frac{7}{50}\), \(\frac{1}{5}\)>\(\frac{7}{50}\)

 

Given:  − \(\frac{9}{16}\) ◯ −\(\frac{7}{10}\)

To find – Fill in the◯ with <,>, or =

We know that

\(\frac{9}{16}\) ◯−\(\frac{7}{10}\)

The LCD of the denominators 16 and 10 is 80

\(\frac{9}{16}\) = \(\frac{−9×5}{16×5}\)

⇒  −\(\frac{45}{50}\)

−\(\frac{7}{10}\)= −\(\frac{7×8}{10×8}\)

⇒ −\(\frac{56}{80}\)

Since, −\(\frac{45}{50}\)>\(\frac{56}{80}\),−\(\frac{9}{16}\)> −\(\frac{7}{10}\)

Finally, We compare the numerators of each fraction and order them from least to largest or greatest to least. −\(\frac{45}{50}\)>\(\frac{56}{80}\),−\(\frac{9}{16}\)> −\(\frac{7}{10}\)

 

Given:

In a second-period class,37.5% of students like to bowl. In a fifth-period class, 12 out of 29 students like to bowl.

Convert the given percentage to decimal and then find which class does a greater fraction of the students like to bowl

In the second period class which means 5 th period37.5% of students like to bowl.

37.5% = 0.375

12 out of 29. Which means

\(\frac{12}{29}\) = 0.1413.

While comparing both the value.

0.375 < 0.413.

Hence, in the fifth-period class the fraction of students who like to bowl is greater than the second-period class of students.

 

Given:

{23%,0.21,\(\frac{1}{4}\)\(\frac{1}{5}\)}

First, convert % to decimal Then convert the fractions to decimal and then arrange them from least to greatest.

Convert % to a decimal. 23% = 0.23

This number is already in decimal. 0.21

Convert fractions to decimals.

\(\frac{1}{4}\) = 0.25

\(\frac{1}{5}\) = 0.2

The order from least to greatest is  0.2,0.21,0.23,0.25

 

Exercise 4.2 Solutions For Chapter 4 Rational Numbers Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Page 274  Exercise 1  Problem 4

Given: The fraction −\(\frac{4}{5}\), −\(\frac{1}{5}\)

To find – Make the true sentence

Since we can write

−4 < −1

And since the denominator are the same, we know that

−\(\frac{4}{5}\)<−\(\frac{1}{5}\)

The value of true sentence is −\(\frac{4}{5}\)<−\(\frac{1}{5}\)

 

Examples Of Problems From Exercise 4.2 Chapter 4 Rational Numbers In Glencoe Math Course 2 Page 274  Exercise 2  Problem 5

Given:

Two fractions are : 1\(\frac{3}{4}\), 1\(\frac{5}{8}\)

To find – Make the true sentence

Since 0.75>0.625

And since the denominator are the same, we know that

\(\frac{3}{4}\) = 0.75 >\(\frac{5}{8}\)

=  0.625

Add 1 to both sides of the inequality

1\(\frac{3}{4}\) > 1\(\frac{5}{8}\)

0.75 > 0.625

True sentence of this fraction is 1\(\frac{3}{4}\) > 1\(\frac{5}{8}\),  0.75 > 0.625

 

Common Core Exercise 4.2 Chapter 4 Rational Numbers Detailed Solutions Glencoe Math Course 2 Page 274  Exercise 3  Problem 6

Given: Elliot saves the goals \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Shanna saves the goals\(\frac{7}{11}\)

To find –  Better average

Since we can write

0.75 > 0.636

And since the denominator are the same, we know that

\(\frac{3}{4}\) = 0.75 > \(\frac{7}{11}\) = 0.636

0.75 > 0.636

Elliot saves the goal better than Shanna, Elliot > Shanna.

 

Student Edition Glencoe Math Course 2 Chapter 4 Rational Numbers Exercise 4.2 Solutions Guide Page 274  Exercise 4  Problem 7

Given:

The insects inches are 0.02, \(\frac{1}{8}\) , 0.1, \(\frac{2}{3}\)

To find –  List the insects from least to greatest

Since 0.02, \(\frac{1}{8}\) = 0.125, 0.1, \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 0.667

The length of four insects from least to greatest is

0.02<0.1<0.125<0.667

The length of four insects from least to greatest is 0.02 < 0.1 < 0.125 < 0.667, 0.02 < 0.1 < \(\frac{1}{8}\) < \(\frac{2}{3}\).

 

Page 274   Exercise 5  Problem 8

Add the fractions to the number line, the fraction that is the most to the right is the greatest fraction.

Hence we can compare two fractions by using the above method.

 

Step-by-step answers for Exercise 4.2 Chapter 4 Rational Numbers In Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Page 275   Exercise 3  Problem 9

Given: The fractions 6\(\frac{2}{3}\) , 6\(\frac{1}{2}\)

To find – Make a true sentence

Since we can write

4>3

And since the denominator are the same, we know that

\(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{4}{6}\)>\(\frac{3}{6}\) =  \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Add 6 to both sides of the inequality

The fraction value is 6\(\frac{2}{3}\)>6\(\frac{1}{2}\)

 

Page 275  Exercise 4  Problem 10

Given: −\(\frac{17}{24}\) and − \(\frac{11}{12}\)

Make the denominators the same for both the fractions and then relate them with <,> or =

Make the denominators of the two fractions the same by multiplying and dividing with the appropriate number.

−\(\frac{17}{24}\) and − \(\frac{11}{12}\)

−\(\frac{17}{24}\)× \(\frac{12}{12}\) > − \(\frac{11}{12}\)× \(\frac{24}{24}\)

−\(\frac{288}{24}\) > −\(\frac{264}{288}\)

The true sentence is −\(\frac{17}{24}\) > − \(\frac{11}{12}\).

The true sentence is −\(\frac{17}{24}\) > − \(\frac{11}{12}\).

 

Page 275  Exercise 5  Problem 11

Given: Meg answered in the first quiz is 92%, next quiz is

\(\frac{27}{30}\) First, convert the decimal to percentage and find which quiz she answered the better score

The number of questions answered in the second quiz is 27 out of 30

Then, \(\frac{27}{30}\) = 0.9

Convert to percentage

= 0.9 × 100

= 90 %

Therefore, Meg answered 90 % of the questions correctly in the second quiz.

But in the First quiz, Meg answered 92 % of the questions correctly. 92 %>90%

So, the First quiz is better than the second quiz.

Meg answered the First quiz better than the second quiz.

 

Page 275  Exercise 6  Problem 12

Given: The sets are 0.23,19

To find – Set least to greatest 0.23,19%, \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Since Percentage converted into number is divided by hundreds

0.23, \(\frac{19}{100}\) = 1.9, \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 0.2

And since set least to greatest is

0.2 < 0.23 < 1.9

Sets least to greatest is 0.2< 0.23<1.9, \(\frac{1}{5}\) < 0.23 < 19

 

Step-by-step answers for Exercise 4.2 Chapter 4 Rational Numbers in Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Page 275   Exercise 7  Problem 13

Given: Sets of numbers

To find – Least to the greatest

Since The value of −\(\frac{5}{8}\)

= −0.625

And since the value arranged from least to greatest is given below

{−0.625<−0.62<−0.615}

Sets arrange least to greatest is {−0.625<−0.62<−0.615} , {−\(\frac{5}{8}\) <−0.62<−0.615}

 

Page 275  Exercise 8  Problem 14

Given:

The sixth-graders have raised 52 % of their goal amount. The seventh- and eighth-graders have raised 0.57 and \(\frac{2}{5}\) of their goal amounts, respectively

Convert the percentage to decimal and find the order of least to greatest of their goal amounts.

The amount raised by the eighth graders = \(\frac{2}{5}\) of their goal amount.

= 0.4 of their goal amount.

The amount raised by sixth graders =52 % of their goal amount

\(\frac{52}{100}\)

= 0.52

The amount raised by seventh graders = 0.57

Compare the amount raised by the sixth, seventh, and eighth graders

Arranging, the least to greatest is:

0.4 < 0.52 > 0.57

The classes in order from least to greatest of their goal amounts is Eighth grade < Sixth grade < seventh grade.

 

Page 275  Exercise 9 Problem 15

Given: Two mixed fraction

1\(\frac{7}{12}\) gallons, 1\(\frac{5}{8}\)

Make the denominators of the two fractions the same by multiplying and dividing with the appropriate number.

1\(\frac{7}{12}\)< 1\(\frac{5}{8}\)

\(\frac{7}{12}\) × \(\frac{8}{8}\) < \(\frac{5}{8}\) × \(\frac{12}{12}\)

\(\frac{56}{96}\) < \(\frac{60}{96}\)

1\(\frac{7}{12}\) < 1\(\frac{5}{8}\)

The True sentence is  1\(\frac{7}{12}\) < 1\(\frac{5}{8}\)

 

Page 275  Exercise 10  Problem 16

​Given: Two mixed fraction

To find – The greater number between two fractions

Since we have two different times but one in a fraction

We 2\(\frac{5}{6}\) = \(\frac{12+5}{6}\)

\(\frac{17}{6}\) = 2.83

⇒ 2.83 > 2.8

2\(\frac{5}{6}\)> 2.8

The fraction is greater than number

True sentence is 2\(\frac{5}{6}\)> 2.8.

 

Page 276  Exercise 11  Problem 17

According to the graphic novel frame, the total width of the closet organizer is

69 \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{553}{8}\)

= 69.125

The total width of the closet organizer is

69\(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{279}{4}\)

=  69.75

69.125 < 69.75

That is total width of the closet<total width of the closet

That means the closet can fit into the organizer.

Finally, we concluded That the closet can fit into the organizer.

 

Page 276 Exercise 12 Problem 18

Here it is given that

12 out of 15  ⇒ \(\frac{12}{15}\) = 0.8

0.08 ≠ 0.8

80% = \(\frac{80}{100}\)

= 0.8

\(\frac{4}{5}\) = 0.8

The ratio that does not have the same value as the other three is  \(\frac{4}{5}\)  = 0.8

The ratio that does not have the same value as the other three is 0.08.

 

Page 277  Exercise 15 Problem 19

Given: Two simple fractions

To find –  True sentence or sign

Since denominators are same easily put the value-based in numerators −\(\frac{5}{7}\)<\(\frac{2}{7}\)

The symbol of this statement is <

The true sentence of this fraction is −\(\frac{5}{7}\)<\(\frac{2}{7}\)

 

Page 277  Exercise 16  Problem 20

Given:

Two simple fractions : −3\(\frac{2}{3}\) and −3\(\frac{2}{3}\)

To find – True sentence or sign

Denominators are different so take simple fractions in cross multiplication method

​\(\frac{2}{3}\) × \(\frac{6}{6}\)= \(\frac{12}{18}\)

\(\frac{4}{6}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\)

= \(\frac{12}{18}\)

\(\frac{12}{18}\) = \(\frac{12}{18}\)

\(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{4}{6}\)

The values are same so we put an equal sign

​The values are same so we put an equal sign \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{4}{6}\)

 

Page 277  Exercise 17   Problem 21

Given:

Two simple fractions : \(\frac{4}{7}\)and \(\frac{5}{8}\)

To find – True sentence or sign

\(\frac{4}{7}\) = \(\frac{4×8}{7×8}\)

= \(\frac{32}{56}\)

\(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{5×7}{8×7}\)

= \(\frac{35}{56}\)

\(\frac{32}{56}\) < \(\frac{35}{56}\)

\(\frac{4}{7}\) < \(\frac{5}{8}\)

The sign of this fraction is <

The true sentence of this fraction is \(\frac{4}{7}\) < \(\frac{5}{8}\)

 

Page 277   Exercise 18   Problem 22

Given:

Two mixed fractions : 2\(\frac{3}{4}\) and 2\(\frac{2}{3}\)

To find – True sentence or sign

Since denominators are different we take cross multiplication

2\(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{3×3}{4×3}\)

= \(\frac{9}{12}\)

2\(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{2×4}{3×4}\)

= \(\frac{8}{12}\)

\(\frac{9}{12}\)>\(\frac{8}{12}\)

= 2\(\frac{3}{4}\)> 2\(\frac{2}{3}\)

Hence the true value of the sign is

Hence the true value of sign is  2\(\frac{3}{4}\) > 2\(\frac{2}{3}\).

 

Page 277   Exercise 19  Problem 23

Given:

Garcia made \(\frac{4}{15}\)

Jim missed \(\frac{6}{16}\)

To find – a greater fraction of the time

Garcia and Jim throw different values we find who made free throw a greater fraction

\(\frac{4}{15}\) = \(\frac{4×16}{15×16}\)

= \(\frac{64}{240}\)

\(\frac{6}{16}\) = \(\frac{6×15}{16×15}\)

= \(\frac{90}{240}\)

⇒  \(\frac{64}{240}\)<\(\frac{90}{240}\)

⇒  \(\frac{4}{15}\)<\(\frac{6}{16}\)

Jim throws better than Garcia \(\frac{4}{15}\)<\(\frac{6}{16}\).

 

Page 277  Exercise 20  Problem 24

Given:

Sets of numbers fraction : {7.49,7\(\frac{49}{50}\),7.5}

To find – Least to the greatest

Since we convert fractions into numbers

7\(\frac{49}{50}\) = \(\frac{350+49}{50}\)

= 7.98

​{0.75 < 7.49 < 7.98}

The order of a set of fractions from least to greatest {0.75 < 7.49 < 7.98}

 

Page 277  Exercise 21  Problem 25

Given:

Sets of numbers fraction : {-1.4,−1\(\frac{1}{25}\)-1.25}

To find- Least to the greatest

Since we convert mixed fractions into numbers

−1\(\frac{1}{25}\) = −\(\frac{25+1}{25}\)

− 1.04

{−1.25<−1.4<−1.04}

{−1.25<−1.4<−1\(\frac{1}{25}\)}

The sets of value least to greatest is  {−1.25<−1.4<−1\(\frac{1}{25}\)}

 

Page 277  Exercise 22  Problem 26

Given:

The four mammals’ length in the table is :

Eastern Chipmunk   \(\frac{1}{3}\)

European Mole   \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Masked Shrew −  \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Spiny Pocket Mouse  0.25

To find – Which animal is the smallest mammal

Since we have different animals’ lengths in tables, now we can find which animal length is small in size,

(\(\frac{1}{3}\) = 0.33),(\(\frac{5}{12}\) = 0.416), (\(\frac{1}{6}\) = 0.166), (0.25)

0.166 < 0.25 < 0.33 <0.416

Since 0.166 ft

The masked shrew is the smallest mammal in this table The length is 0.166ft

 

Given:

The four mammals’ length in the table is :

Eastern Chipmunk  \(\frac{1}{3}\)

European Mole   \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Masked Shrew  \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Spiny Pocket Mouse −    0.25

To find – Which animal is smaller than the European mole and larger the spiny pocket mouse

Since we have four different animals’ length

European mole length is

\(\frac{5}{12}\) = 0.416ft

Spiny pocket mouse length is

0.25ft

And since all length

0.416>0.33>0.25>0.166

In between the length of mammal is

0.33ft

The eastern chipmunk is smaller than the European mole and larger than a spiny pocket mouse.

 

Given:

The four mammals’ length in the table is :

Eastern Chipmunk \(\frac{1}{3}\)

European Mole −    \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Masked Shrew     \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Spiny Pocket Mouse 0.25

To find Order the animals from greatest to least size

Since we have four different animals in different size, we order the animal’s length in greater to the smallest

European mole length is

\(\frac{5}{12}\) =  0.416 ft

Spiny pocket mouse length is

0.25ft

And since we order in greatest to smallest is

0.416>0.33>0.25>0.166

Order the animals in greatest to smallest is 0.416>0.33>0.25>0.166.

 

Page 278  Exercise 23  Problem 27

Given: Four points in the line

To find – Which point located in \(\frac{7}{2}\)

Since we have four points in that line, The value of \(\frac{7}{2}\) = 3.5

This value is located at point C in the line

\(\frac{7}{2}\) = 3.5

This value is located at point C in the line.

 

Page 278  Exercise 24  Problem 28

Given: we have four list of numbers in order

To find – Order the list which is in least to greatest

Since we have four list of number in different values

4\(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{16+1}{4}\)

\(\frac{17}{4}\) = 4.25

\(\frac{1}{4}\) = 0.25

Since percentage converted into number is given below

4%=  \(\frac{4}{100}\) = 0.04

0.04<0.25<0.4<4.25.

The list of numbers is order from least to greatest is 0.04<0.25<0.4<4.25.

 

Page 278  Exercise 25  Problem 29

Given: Price changes list in every day

To find – which day the price decrease from the greatest amount

Since every day price change

On Thursday is + 0.45 price increased then next day decreased, so on Friday−1.15 the price decreased from the greatest amount

Friday is the price decreased from the greatest amount.

 

Page 278  Exercise 26  Problem 30

Given:

Two different numbers are −2 and 2.

To find- Make a true sentence

Since the negative value is smallest than the positive value so we put a greater sign in the positive side

−2<2

The true sentence of this value is −2<2.

 

Page 278  Exercise 28  Problem 31

Given:

Two values in different signs:  −20 and 20

To find- Make a true sentence

Since the value of number is same but the sign is different so we put greater sign in the positive side

−20<20

The true sentence is −20<20.

 

Page 278  Exercise 30  Problem 32

Given:

Two different values in same negative sign: −10 and −1

To find- The number that is greater

Both sides are negative sign so when dealing with negative numbers, the number closer to zero is the bigger number.

−10<−1

The true sentence of the value is −10<−1.

 

Page 278  Exercise 31  Problem 33

Given:

Two different values in different signs: 50 and −100

To find- The number that is greater

Since the sign are different negative is smaller than positive

50>−100

The true sentence of this value is 50>−100.

 

Page 278  Exercise 32  Problem 34

Given: Three students read books and spend money for this

To find – The student who has read least amount

Three student spend the value of money given in the fraction

Victoria   \(\frac{2}{5}\) =  0.4

Cooper −  \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 0.2

Diego  −  \(\frac{3}{5}\) =  0.6

Since Cooper has read the least amount \(\frac{1}{5}\)  =  0.2

Cooper has read the least amount \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 0.2.

 

Page 281  Exercise 1  Problem 35

Given:  \(\frac{1}{5}\)+\(\frac{2}{5}\)

First, divide the number line into fifths.

Since we don’t know if our answer is negative or positive include fractions to left and to right of zero.

Graph\(\frac{1}{5}\) on number line.

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 4.2 Compare and Order Rational Numbers Page 281 Exercise 1 graph 1

 

Move 2 units to the right to show adding of \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 4.2 Compare and Order Rational Numbers Page 281 Exercise 1 graph 2

So, \(\frac{1}{5}\)+\(\frac{2}{5}\)= \(\frac{3}{5}\)

The final solution of\(\frac{1}{5}\)+\(\frac{2}{5}\)= \(\frac{3}{5}\).

 

Page 281  Exercise 2  Problem 36

Given: −\(\frac{3}{7}\)+(−\(\frac{1}{7}\))

To find – Addition of fractions

First, divide the number line into sevenths.

Since we don’t know if our answer is negative or positive include fractions to left and to right of zero.

Graph −\(\frac{3}{7}\) on number line.

 

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 4.2 Compare and Order Rational Numbers Page 281 Exercise 2 graph 1

 

Move 1 unit to the left to show subtraction of \(\frac{1}{7}\)

 

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 4.2 Compare and Order Rational Numbers Page 281 Exercise 2 graph 2

 

So, −\(\frac{3}{7}\)+(−\(\frac{1}{7}\)) is –\(\frac{4}{7}\)

The final solution of −\(\frac{3}{7}\) + (−\(\frac{1}{7}\)) is –\(\frac{4}{7}\)

 

Page 281  Exercise 3  Problem 37

 Given:

Here it is − \(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{5}{8}\)

To find-  Addition of fractions

First, divide the number line into eighths.

Since we don’t know if our answer is negative or positive include fractions to left and to right of zero.

Graph-\(\frac{3}{8}\)on number line.

 

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 4.2 Compare and Order Rational Numbers Page 281 Exercise 3 graph 1

Move 5 units to the right to show adding of \(\frac{5}{8}\)

 

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 4.2 Compare and Order Rational Numbers Page 281 Exercise 3 graph 2

So, − \(\frac{3}{8}\)+\(\frac{5}{8}\) is \(\frac{2}{8}\)

The final solution of –\(\frac{3}{8}\)+\(\frac{5}{8}\) is \(\frac{2}{8}\)

 

Page 281  Exercise 4  Problem 38

Given: \(\frac{8}{12}\) – \(\frac{4}{12}\)

To find – Subtraction of fractions

First, divide the number line into twelfths.

Since we don’t know if our answer is negative or positive include fractions to left and to right of zero.

Graph \(\frac{8}{12}\) on number line.

Move 4 units to the left to show subtraction of \(\frac{4}{12}\)

 

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 4.2 Compare and Order Rational Numbers Page 281 Exercise 4 graph

So, \(\frac{8}{12}\)–\(\frac{4}{12}\) = \(\frac{4}{12}\)

The final solution of \(\frac{8}{12}\)–\(\frac{4}{12}\) is \(\frac{4}{12}\).

 

Page 281  Exercise 5 Problem 39

Given: \(\frac{4}{9}\)+\(\frac{5}{9}\)

To find – Addition of fractions

First, divide the number line into nineths.

Since we don’t know if our answer is negative or positive include fractions to left and to right of zero.

Graph − \(\frac{4}{9}\)

 

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 4.2 Compare and Order Rational Numbers Page 281 Exercise 5 graph 1

 

Move 5 units to the right to show addition of \(\frac{5}{9}\)

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 4.2 Compare and Order Rational Numbers Page 281 Exercise 5 graph 2

So, −\(\frac{4}{9}\) + \(\frac{5}{9}\)

= \(\frac{1}{9}\)

The final solution of −\(\frac{4}{9}\) + \(\frac{5}{9}\)  is  \(\frac{1}{9}\)

 

Page 282  Exercise 10  Problem 40

Using only numerators:

For like fractions, take the numerators separately.

Do the operations such as addition or subtraction for numerators.

Using number line:

Plot the fraction intervals on number line.

For addition operation, move to right, and for subtraction operation, move to left.

Rules for addition and subtraction: Add the numerators and place the sum over the common denominator.

Fraction subtraction: Subtract the numerators and place the difference over the common denominator.

The rules for addition and subtraction of like fractions are add the numerators and place the sum over the common denominator and Subtract the numerators and place the difference over the common denominator.

Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Common Core Student Edition Chapter 1 Ratios and Proportional Reasoning Exercise 1.2

Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Common Core Chapter 1 Ratios and Proportional Reasoning

 

Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Chapter 1 Exercise 1.2 Solutions Page 17   Exercise 1   Problem 1

Let the two ratios be a:b and c:d

If both the ratios are equal, a:b = c:d

Then the given ratio is said to be in proportion.

And also, if the sets increase or decrease in the very same ratio, then the ratio is said to be in proportion.

In terms of objects, if the two objects are said to be in the very same shape but in different sizes.

Glencoe Math Course 2 Student Edition Volume 1 Chapter 1 Ratios and Proportional Reasoning Exercise 1.2

For example:  If the two objects are spheres, but one is smaller while the other one is larger.

Here, even though the sizes differ, the corresponding angles will be the same.

This makes their ratios be in proportion.

Hence, the two objects are proportional.

Two objects are said to be in proportion if they have the same shape, and same angles but in different sizes. This makes their ratios be in proportion.

Read and Learn More Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Common Core Student Edition Solutions

Common Core Chapter 1 Ratios And Proportional Reasoning Exercise 1.2 Answers Page 17   Exercise 2   Problem 2

Given: Dana is skating laps to train for a speed skating competition.

She can skate 1 lap in 40 seconds.

Suppose Dana skates for 20 seconds.

We need to determine how many laps she will skate.

 

Given:

The number of laps she can skate is 1 lap.

The number of time taken to do one lap is 40 seconds.

The ratio is = \(\frac{40}{1}\)

If she skates only for 20 Seconds, then the number of laps will be

\(\frac{40}{x}\)  =  \(\frac{40}{1}\)

x = \(\frac{20}{40}\)

x =  \(\frac{2}{4}\)

x = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

x =  0.5

The number of laps she will skate is 0.5 laps.

 

Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Common Core Chapter 1 Page 17   Exercise 3   Problem 3

Given: Dana is skating laps to train for a speed skating competition.

She can skate 1 lap for 40 seconds.

In exercise 2, Dana skates 0.5 laps for 20 seconds.

We need to write the ratio of Dana’s time from Exercise 2 to her number of laps.

 

Given:  From exercise 2

The number of laps she can skate is 0.5 lap.

The number of time taken to do one lap is 20 seconds.

The ratio from exercise 2 is

\(\frac{\text { Dana’s time }}{\text { Number of laps }}=\frac{20}{0.5}\)

 

We need to substitute this ratio in her number of laps. The ratio is

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.2 Complex Fractions And Unit Rates Page 17 Exercise 3

 

The ratio is

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.2 Complex Fractions And Unit Rates Page 17 Exercise 3.

 

Step-By-Step Guide For Glencoe Math Chapter 1 Exercise 1.2 Problems Page 17   Exercise 4   Problem 4

Given: Dana is skating laps to train for a speed skating competition.

She can skate 1 lap in 40 seconds.

We need to detect how we simplify the ratio we wrote in Exercise 3.

The ratio in exercise is

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.2 Complex Fractions And Unit Rates Page 17 Exercise 4

 

Simplifying the ratio, we get

\(\frac{\text { Dana’s time }}{\text { Number of Laps }}=\frac{40}{\frac{20}{0.5}}\)

=  40  ×  \(\frac{0.5}{20}\)

=  40  ×  \(\frac{0.5}{2}\)

=  2 × 0.5

= 1

The simplification of the ratio we wrote in Exercise 3 results in a 1:1

 

Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Common Core Chapter 1 Page 20   Exercise 1  Problem 5

Given: The complex fraction is\(\frac{18}{\frac{3}{4}}\)

We need to simplify the given complex fraction.

Rewrite the given fraction as a division.

The expression becomes

\(\frac{18}{\frac{3}{4}}\) =\(\frac{18}{1}\) ÷ \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Multiply it by the reciprocal of \(\frac{3}{4}\) , we get

\(\frac{18}{\frac{3}{4}}\) =\(\frac{18}{1}\) ÷ \(\frac{3}{4}\)

\(\frac{18}{\frac{3}{4}}\) =\(\frac{18}{1}\) × \(\frac{4}{3}\)

Simplifying it further, we get

\(\frac{18}{\frac{3}{4}}\) =\(\frac{18}{1}\) × \(\frac{4}{3}\)

=  \(\frac{6}{1}\)×\(\frac{4}{1}\)

=  24

The value of \(\frac{18}{\frac{3}{4}}\)  is equal to 24

 

Exercise 1.2 Glencoe Math Course 2 Ratios And Proportional Reasoning Solutions Explained Page 20  Exercise 2  Problem 6

Given:  The complex fraction is \(\frac{\frac{3}{6}}{4}\)

We need to simplify the given complex fraction.

Rewrite the given fraction as a division.

The expression becomes

\(\frac{\frac{3}{6}}{4}\) =  \(\frac{3}{6}\)÷ \(\frac{4}{1}\)

Multiply it by the reciprocal of \(\frac{4}{1}\), we get

\(\frac{\frac{3}{6}}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{6}\)÷\(\frac{4}{1}\)

\(\frac{\frac{3}{6}}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{6}\)×\(\frac{1}{4}\)

Simplifying it further, we get

\(\frac{\frac{3}{6}}{4}\)= \(\frac{3}{6}\)×\(\frac{1}{4 }\)

= \(\frac{1}{2}\)×\(\frac{1}{4}\)

= \(\frac{1}{8}\)

The value of \(\frac{\frac{3}{6}}{4}\)  is equal to \(\frac{1}{8}\)

 

Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Common Core Chapter 1 Page 20   Exercise 3   Problem 7

Given: The complex fraction is \(\frac{\frac{1}{3}}{\frac{1}{4}}\)

We need to simplify the given complex fraction.

Rewrite the given fraction as a division.

The expression becomes

\(\frac{\frac{1}{3}}{\frac{1}{4}}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷\(\frac{1}{4}\)

Multiply it by the reciprocal of, we get

\(\frac{\frac{1}{3}}{\frac{1}{4}}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\)

\(\frac{\frac{1}{3}}{\frac{1}{4}}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{4}{1}\)

Simplifying it further, we get

\(\frac{\frac{1}{3}}{\frac{1}{4}}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{4}{1}\)

=  \(\frac{4}{3}\)

The value of \(\frac{\frac{1}{3}}{\frac{1}{4}}\)  is equal to \(\frac{4}{3}\)

 

Examples Of Problems From Exercise 1.2 Ratios And Proportional Reasoning Chapter 1 Page 20   Exercise 4  Problem 8

Given: That, Pep Club members are making spirit buttons.

They make 490 spirit buttons in 3\(\frac{1}{2}\)hours.

We need to determine the number of buttons the Pep Club makes per hour.

 

Given: 

Number of spirit buttons  = 490

Time taken  = 3\(\frac{1}{2}\)= \(\frac{7}{2}\)hours

The unit rate is

Unite rate = \(\frac{490}{\frac{7}{2}}\)

=  490×\(\frac{2}{7}\)

=  70  × 2

=  140 Sprit buttons per hour

The number of buttons the Pep Club makes per hour is 140 spirit buttons per hour.

 

Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Common Core Chapter 1 Page 20   Exercise 5   Problem 9

Given:  That, the country sales tax is 6\(\frac{2}{3}\)%

We need to write the given percent as a fraction and to simplify it.

 

Given: Percent is 6\(\frac{2}{3}\)%

Converting the given mixed fraction into an improper fraction, we get

6\(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{20}{3}\)%

Thus, the percent becomes

\(\frac{20}{3}\) percentage = \(\frac{20}{3}\) ÷ 100

Multiply it by the reciprocal of  \(\frac{100}{1}\) we get

\(\frac{20}{3}\) percentage = \(\frac{20}{3}\)÷ 100

\(\frac{20}{3}\) percentage = \(\frac{20}{3}\) × \(\frac{1}{100}\)

=  \(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{1}{5}\)

=  \(\frac{1}{15}\)

The given percent 6\(\frac{2}{3}\)% \(\frac{1}{15}\)

 

Examples Of Problems From Exercise 1.2 Ratios And Proportional Reasoning Chapter 1 Page 20   Exercise 6   Problem 10

A complex fraction is nothing but a fraction that has fractions in its denominator or in the numerator or in both.

For example

\(\frac{\frac{5}{2}}{10}, \frac{11}{\frac{6}{8}}, \frac{\frac{12}{15}}{\frac{3}{4}}\)

These are all complex fractions.

Solving a complex fraction:

Let us consider a complex fraction

\(\frac{\frac{3}{4}}{\frac{10}{12}}\)

Simplifying it, we get

\(\frac{\frac{3}{4}}{\frac{10}{12}}\)= \(\frac{3}{4}\)× \(\frac{12}{10}\)

=  \(\frac{3}{1}\)×\(\frac{3}{10}\)

=  \(\frac{9}{10}\)

A complex fraction is a fraction that has more than one fraction. That is, fractions will be in their denominator or in the numerator, or in both.

 

Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Common Core Chapter 1 Page 21   Exercise 1  problem 11

Given:  The complex fraction is \(\frac{1}{\frac{2}{3}}\)

We need to simplify the given complex fraction.

Rewrite the given fraction as a division. 

The expression becomes

\(\frac{1}{\frac{2}{3}}\)= \(\frac{1}{1}\) ÷ \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Multiply it by the reciprocal of \(\frac{2}{3}\) , we get

\(\frac{1}{\frac{2}{3}}\)= \(\frac{1}{1}\) ÷ \(\frac{2}{3}\)

\(\frac{1}{\frac{2}{3}}\)= \(\frac{1}{1}\) × \(\frac{3}{2}\)

Simplifying it further, we get

\(\frac{1}{\frac{2}{3}}\)= \(\frac{1}{1}\) × \(\frac{3}{2}\)

= \(\frac{3}{2}\)

The value of \(\frac{1}{\frac{2}{3}}\) is equal to = \(\frac{3}{2}\)

 

Student Edition Glencoe Math Chapter 1 Exercise 1.2 Answers Guide Page 21   Exercise 2   Problem 12

Given: The complex fraction is \(\frac{2}{\frac{3}{11}}\)

We need to simplify the given complex fraction.

Rewrite the given fraction as a division.

The expression becomes

\(\frac{2}{\frac{3}{11}}\)= \(\frac{2}{1}\) ÷\(\frac{3}{11}\)

Multiply it by the reciprocal of \(\frac{3}{11}\) , we get

\(\frac{2}{\frac{3}{11}}\)= \(\frac{2}{1}\) ÷ \(\frac{3}{11}\)

\(\frac{2}{\frac{3}{11}}\)= \(\frac{2}{1}\) ×\(\frac{11}{3}\)

Simplifying it further, we get

\(\frac{2}{\frac{3}{11}}\) = \(\frac{2}{1}\) ×\(\frac{11}{3}\)

= \(\frac{22}{3}\)

The value of \(\frac{2}{\frac{3}{11}}\)  is equal to \(\frac{22}{3}\)

 

Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Common Core Chapter 1 Page 21   Exercise 3   Problem 13

Given: The complex fraction is \(\frac{\frac{8}{9}}{6}\)

We need to simplify the given complex fraction

Rewrite the given fraction as a division.

The expression becomes

\(\frac{\frac{8}{9}}{6}\) = \(\frac{8}{9}\)÷\(\frac{6}{1}\)

Multiply it by the reciprocal of \(\frac{1}{6}\) we get,

\(\frac{\frac{8}{9}}{6}\) = \(\frac{8}{9}\)÷\(\frac{6}{1}\)

\(\frac{\frac{8}{9}}{6}\) = \(\frac{8}{9}\)×\(\frac{1}{6}\)

Simplifying it further, we get,

​\(\frac{\frac{8}{9}}{6}\)= \(\frac{8}{9}\)×\(\frac{1}{6}\)

= \(\frac{4}{9}\)×\(\frac{1}{3}\)

=  \(\frac{4}{27}\)

The value of \(\frac{\frac{8}{9}}{6}\)  is equal to \(\frac{4}{27}\)

 

Student Edition Glencoe Math Chapter 1 Exercise 1.2 Answers Guide Page 21   Exercise 4   Problem 14

Given:  The complex fraction is \(\frac{\frac{2}{5}}{9}\)

We need to simplify the given complex fraction.

Rewrite the given fraction as a division.

The expression becomes

\(\frac{\frac{2}{5}}{9}\)= \(\frac{2}{5}\)÷\(\frac{9}{1}\)

Multiply it by the reciprocal of 9 , and we get

\(\frac{\frac{2}{5}}{9}\)= \(\frac{2}{5}\)÷\(\frac{9}{1}\)

\(\frac{\frac{2}{5}}{9}\)= \(\frac{2}{5}\)× \(\frac{1}{9}\)

Simplifying it further, we get

\(\frac{\frac{2}{5}}{9}\)= \(\frac{2}{5}\)× \(\frac{1}{9}\)

​= \(\frac{2}{45}\)

The value of \(\frac{\frac{2}{5}}{9}\)  is equal to \(\frac{2}{45}\)

 

Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Common Core Chapter 1 Page 21   Exercise 5   Problem 15

Given: The complex fraction is \(\frac{\frac{4}{5}}{10}\)

We need to simplify the given complex fraction.

Rewrite the given fraction as a division.

The expression becomes

\(\frac{\frac{4}{5}}{10}\) = \(\frac{4}{5}\)÷\(\frac{10}{1}\)

Multiply it by the reciprocal of \(\frac{10}{1}\) , we get,

\(\frac{\frac{4}{5}}{10}\) = \(\frac{4}{5}\)÷\(\frac{10}{1}\)

\(\frac{\frac{4}{5}}{10}\) = \(\frac{4}{5}\)×\(\frac{1}{10}\)

Simplifying it further, \(\frac{1}{10}\) we get

\(\frac{\frac{4}{5}}{10}\) = \(\frac{4}{5}\)×\(\frac{1}{10}\)

=  \(\frac{2}{5}\)×\(\frac{1}{5}\)

=  \(\frac{2}{25}\)

The value of \(\frac{\frac{4}{5}}{10}\) is equal to\(\frac{2}{25}\)

 

Chapter 1 Exercise 1.2 Glencoe Math Course 2 Step-By-Step Solutions Page 21   Exercise 6   Problem 16

Given: The complex fraction is \(\frac{\frac{1}{4}}{\frac{7}{10}}\)

We need to simplify the given complex fraction.

Rewrite the given fraction as a division.

The expression becomes

\(\frac{\frac{1}{4}}{\frac{7}{10}}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Multiply it by the reciprocal of \(\frac{7}{10}\) , we get

\(\frac{\frac{1}{4}}{\frac{7}{10}}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ \(\frac{7}{10}\)

\(\frac{\frac{1}{4}}{\frac{7}{10}}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{10}{7}\)

Simplifying it further, we get

\(\frac{\frac{1}{4}}{\frac{7}{10}}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{10}{7}\)

=  \(\frac{1}{2}\)× \(\frac{5}{7}\)

=  \(\frac{5}{14}\)

The value of \(\frac{\frac{1}{4}}{\frac{7}{10}}\)  is equal to \(\frac{5}{14}\)

 

Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Common Core Chapter 1 Page 21   Exercise 8   Problem 17

Given:  Doug entered a canoe race. He rowed \(3\frac{1}{2}\) miles in \(\frac{1}{2}\) hour.

We need to determine his average speed in milés per hour.

 

Given:

Number of miles rowed = \(3\frac{1}{2}\)miles

Time taken = \(\frac{1}{2}\) hour

The unit rate is

Unite rate \( = \frac{\text { Number of miles }}{\text { Time taken }}\)

=  \(\frac{3 \frac{1}{2}}{\frac{1}{2}}\)

=  \(\frac{\frac{7}{2}}{\frac{1}{2}}\)

=  \(\frac{7}{2} \times \frac{2}{1}\)

=  7 miles per hour

Hence, The average speed of Doug in miles per hour is 7.

 

Chapter 1 Exercise 1.2 Glencoe Math Course 2 Step-By-Step Solutions Page 21   Exercise 9   Problem 18

Given: Monica reads \(7\frac{1}{2}\) pages of a mystery book in 9minutes.

We need to determine her average reading rate in pages per minute.

 

Given:

Number of pages = \(7\frac{1}{2}\)

Number of minutes taken = 9

The unit rate is

Unite rate = \(\frac{\text { Number of pages }}{\text { Number of minutes }}\)

=  \(\frac{7 \frac{1}{2}}{9}\)

=  \(\frac{\frac{15}{2}}{9}\)

=  \(\frac{15}{2} \times \frac{1}{9}\)

=  \(\frac{5}{2} \times \frac{1}{3}\)

=  \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Her average reading rate in pages per minute is \(\frac{5}{6}\).

 

Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Common Core Chapter 1 Page 21   Exercise 10   Problem 19

Given: The percent is \(56 \frac{1}{4} \%\)

We need to write the given percent as a fraction and simplify it.

 

Given percent is \(56 \frac{1}{4} \%\)

Converting the given mixed fraction into an improper fraction, we get

\(56 \frac{1}{4}\)=\(\frac{225}{4}\)%

Thus, the percent becomes

\(\frac{225}{4}\)percent = \(\frac{225}{4}\) ÷ 100

Multiply it by the reciprocal of \(\frac{100}{1}\), we get

\(\frac{225}{4}\) percent = \(\frac{225}{4}\) × \(\frac{1}{100}\)

\(=\frac{9}{4} \times \frac{1}{4}\)

= \(\frac{9}{16}\)

The given percent \(56 \frac{1}{4} \%\)as a fraction in the simplest form is \(\frac{9}{16}\)

 

Page 21   Exercise 11   Problem 20

Given:  The percent is \(15 \frac{3}{5} \%\)

We need to write the given percent as a fraction and simplify it.

 

Given percent is \(15 \frac{3}{5} \%\)

Converting the given mixed fraction into an improper fraction, we get

\(15 \frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{78}{5}%\)

Thus, the percent becomes

\(\frac{78}{5}\) percent = \(\frac{78}{5}\) ÷ \(\frac{100}{1}\)

Multiply it by the reciprocal of  \(\frac{100}{1}\) we get

\(\frac{78}{5}\) percent = \(\frac{78}{5}\) ÷ \(\frac{100}{1}\)

\(\frac{78}{5}\) percent = \(\frac{78}{5}\)× \(\frac{1}{100}\)

=  \(\frac{78}{500}\)

= \(\frac{39}{250}\)

The given percent  \(15 \frac{3}{5} \%\)as a fraction in the simplest form is  \(\frac{39}{250}\)

Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Common Core Student Edition Chapter 1 Ratios and Proportional Reasoning Exercise 1.5

Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Common Core Chapter 1 Ratios and Proportional Reasoning

 

Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Chapter 1 Exercise 1.5 Solutions Page 45   Exercise 1  Problem 1

We need to label the given coordinate plane with the terms ordered pair, x-coordinate, and y-coordinate.

We need to graph the points(2,3) and (−3,−2) and to connect the three points on the coordinate plane.

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 45 Exercise 1 , graph 1

The point which is already there on the graph is (1,2)

Labeling the mentioned blanks, we get

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 45 Exercise 1 , graph 2

Graphing the points (2,3),(−3,−2) on the graph and connecting the three points on the coordinate plane, we get,

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 45 Exercise 1 , graph 3

The obtained graph is a straight line.

Glencoe Math Course 2 Student Edition Volume 1 Chapter 1 Ratios and Proportional Reasoning Exercise 1.5

Read and Learn More Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Common Core Student Edition Solutions

Labeling the coordinate plane below

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 45 Exercise 1 , graph 4

 

Graphing the points and connecting them on the coordinate plane

 

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 45 Exercise 1 , graph 5

 

Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Common Core Chapter 1 Page 48   Exercise 1 Problem 2

Given the cost of 3-D movie tickets is $12 for 1 ticket, $24 for 2 tickets, and $36 for 3 tickets.

We need to determine whether the cost is proportional to the number of tickets by graphing on the coordinate plane.

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 48 Exercise 1 graph 1

 

Make a table to find the cost of tickets for 1,2 and 3 members.

Now, graph the ordered pairs (tickets, cost) on the coordinate plane. Then, connect the points together.

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 48 Exercise 1 , graph 2

The line passes through the origin and it is a straight line.

Therefore, the cost is proportional to the number of tickets.

 

The cost is proportional to the number of tickets.

 

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 48 Exercise 1 , graph 3

 

Common Core Chapter 1 Ratios And Proportional Reasoning Exercise 1.5 Answers Page 48   Exercise 2  Problem 3

Given that, the number of books the two stores sell after 1,2, and 3 days is shown.

We need to find which book sale represents a proportional relationship between time and books.

 

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 48 Exercise 2 , graph 1

The given graph is

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 48 Exercise 2 , graph 2

The graph for Discount books is not a straight line.

Hence, the relationship is not proportional.

The graph for The Book Palace is a straight line that passes through the origin.

Hence, it represents a proportional relationship between time and books. The Book Palace represents a proportional relationship between time and books.

 

Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Common Core Chapter 1 Page 48   Exercise 3  Problem 4

At first, we need to graph the ordered pairs (x,y) on the coordinate plane.

The x – represents the x−coordinate point.

The y- represents the y−coordinate point.

After graphing the ordered pairs, determine whether the graph obtained is a straight line or not.

If it was not a straight line, then the relationship is not proportional to each other.

If it is a straight line, check whether the straight line passes through the origin or not.

If the straight line passes through the origin, then the relationship is proportional to each other.

In this way, we can find the proportional relationship between the quantities.

If the graph represents the straight line that passes through the origin, then the quantities are said to be proportional. In this way, the graphing relationships help you determine whether the relationship is proportional or not.

 

Page 49   Exercise 1   Problem 5

Given that, we need to determine whether the relationship between the two quantities shown in the table is proportional by graphing on the coordinate plane.

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 49 Exercise 1 , graph 1

The given table is

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 49 Exercise 1 table

 

Now, graph the ordered pairs (weeks, balance) on the coordinate plane. Then, connect the points together.

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 49 Exercise 1 , graph 2

The line doesn’t pass through the origin and it is a straight line.

Thus, the number of weeks is not proportional to the account balance.

 

The number of weeks is not proportional to the account balance.

 

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 49 Exercise 1 , graph 3

 

Step-by-step guide for Glencoe Math Chapter 1 Exercise 1.5 problems Page 49   Exercise 2  Problem 6

Given that, we need to determine whether the relationship between the two quantities shown in the table is proportional by graphing on the coordinate plane.

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 49 Exercise 2 , graph 1

The given table is

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 48 Exercise 2 , table

Now, graph the ordered pairs (servings, calories) on the coordinate plane. Then, connect the points together.

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 49 Exercise 2 , graph 2

 

The line passes through the origin and it is a straight line.

Thus, the number of servings is proportional to the calories.

The number of servings is proportional to the calories.

 

Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Common Core Chapter 1 Page 49  Exercise 3   Problem 7

Given that the height of two plants is recorded after 1,2, and 3 weeks as shown in the graph at the right.

We need to determine which plants’ growth represents a proportional relationship between time and height.

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 49 Exercise 3, graph 1

 

The given graph is

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 49 Exercise 3, graph 2

The graph for Plant A is not a straight line.

Hence, the relationship is not proportional.

The graph for Plant B is a straight line that passes through the origin.

Hence, it represents a proportional relationship between time and height.

Plant B’s growth represents a proportional relationship between time and height.

 

Exercise 1.5 Glencoe Math Course 2 Ratios And Proportional Reasoning Solutions Explained Page 50    Exercise 4   Problem 8

Given that, the perimeter of a square is 4 times as great as the length of any of its sides.

We need to find if the perimeter of a square is proportional to its side length.

Given that, Perimeter P = 4a

Let a = Length of the sides.

Make a table to find the perimeter for the side’s length1,2,3, and 4

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 50 Exercise 4 , table

 

Now, graph the ordered pairs (side length, perimeter) on the coordinate plane. Then, connect the points together.

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 50 Exercise 4, graph

The line passes through the origin and it is a straight line.

Therefore, the perimeter of a square is proportional to its side length.

The perimeter of a square is proportional to its side length.

 

Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Common Core Chapter 1 Page 50 Exercise 5 Problem 9

Given that, a health club charges $35 a month for membership fees.

We need to determine whether the cost of membership is proportional to the number of months.

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 50 Exercise 5 , table

Make a table to find the membership fees for 1,2,3 and 4 months.

Now, graph the ordered pairs (months, fees) on the coordinate plane. Then, connect the points together.

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 50 Exercise 5 , graph

 

The line passes through the origin and it is a straight line.

Therefore, the cost of membership is proportional to the number of months.

The cost of membership is proportional to the number of months.

 

Examples Of Problems From Exercise 1.5 Ratios And Proportional Reasoning Chapter 1 Page 50   Exercise 6  Problem 10

We need to describe some data that when graphed would represent a proportional relationship.

Let us assume that the perimeter of a square is 4 times as great as the length of any of its sides.

We need to find if the perimeter of a square is proportional to its side length.

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 50 Exercise 6, table

 

Now, graph the ordered pairs (side length, perimeter) on the coordinate plane. Then, connect the points together.

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 50 Exercise 6 , graph

 

The line passes through the origin and it is a straight line.

Therefore, the perimeter of a square is proportional to its side length.

The perimeter of a square is proportional to its side length.

 

Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Common Core Chapter 1 Page 50   Exercise 7   Problem 11

Given that the greenhouse temperatures at certain times are shown in the table.

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 50 Exercise 7 , table 1

The greenhouse maintains temperatures between 65 degrees Fahrenheit and 85 degrees Fahrenheit and the temperature increases at a constant rate.

We need to create a graph of the time and temperatures at each hour from 1:00 P.M. to 8:00 P.M. and check whether the relationship is proportional.

The given table is

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 50 Exercise 7 , table 2

 

Now, graph the ordered pairs (time, temperature) on the coordinate plane. Then, connect the points together.

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 50 Exercise 7 , graph

The line doesn’t pass through the origin and it is a straight line.

Therefore, the relationship is not proportional.

The time is not proportional to the temperature in Fahrenheit.

 

Student Edition Glencoe Math Chapter 1 Exercise 1.5 answers guide Page 50   Exercise 8  Problem 12

The graph is

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 50 Exercise 8, graph 1

Given graph represents the Calories burned for exercising for various numbers of minutes are shown in the graph.

We need to determine which of the below statement about the graph is not true.

The statements are

(A)  The number of Calories burned is proportional to the number of minutes spent exercising.

(B)  The number of Calories burned is not proportional to the number of minutes spent exercising.

(C)  If the line were extended, it would pass through the origin.

(D)  The line is straight.

The given graph is

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 50 Exercise 8, graph 2

 

The given graph is a straight line.

It also passes through the origin.

Thus, the time in minutes is proportional to the number of calories represented in the graph.

Thus, the relationship between the two quantities is proportional.

The incorrect statement among them is “The number of Calories burned is not proportional to the number of minutes spent exercising.”

The Calories burned for exercising for various numbers of minutes are shown in the graph. Statement (B) about the graph is not true. (B) The number of Calories burned is not proportional to the number of minutes spent exercising.

 

Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Common Core Chapter 1 Page 51   Exercise 12  Problem 13

Given that, Frank and Allie purchased cell phone plans through different providers.

Their costs for several minutes are shown.

We need to graph each plan to determine whose plan is proportional to the number of minutes the phone is used

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 51 Exercise 12, table 1

The given table is

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 51 Exercise 12, table 2

Now, graph the ordered pairs (time, cost) on the coordinate plane.

 

Then, connect the points together.

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 51 Exercise 12, graph

 

For frank, the line passes through the origin and it is a straight line.

Therefore, the relationship is proportional.

For Allie, the line doesn’t pass through the origin and it is a straight line.

Therefore, the relationship is not proportional.

Frank’s plan is proportional to the number of minutes the phone is used.

 

Chapter 1 Exercise 1.5 Glencoe Math Course 2 step-by-step solutions Page 52   Exercise 13  Problem 14

We need to determine whether the relationship between the number of heartbeats and the time shown in the graph is proportional.

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 52 Exercise 13, graph 1

 

The given graph is

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 52 Exercise 13, graph 2

The graph given is a straight line that passes through the origin.

Hence, it represents a proportional relationship between the number of heartbeats and the time.

The relationship between the number of heartbeats and the time shown in the graph is proportional.

 

Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Common Core Chapter 1 Page 52    Exercise 14   Problem 15

We need to the graph below and to determine which of the following ordered pairs represent the unit rate.

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 52 Exercise 14, graph

The given ordered pairs are

(A) (0,0)

The unit rate is generally defined for only one quantity.

Here, the quantity is zero.

Thus, it cannot be the unit rate.

(B) (1,2)

Here, it represents for each second, the number of heartbeats is two.

Thus, this ordered pair represents the unit rate.

(C) (2,4)

Here, it represents for two seconds, and the number of heartbeats is four.

Thus, this ordered pair doesn’t represent the unit rate.

(D) (3,6)

Here, it represents for three seconds, and the number of heartbeats is six.

Thus, this ordered pair doesn’t represent the unit rate.

The ordered pair (B) (1,2) represents the unit rate.

 

Page 52   Exercise 17  Problem 16

Given that, a car dealership has 55 cars and 11 Vans.

We need to determine the ratio of cars to vans.

Number of cars  = 55

Number of vans = 11

The ratio of cars to vans is

\(\frac{\text{Cars}}{\text{Vans}}\) = \(\frac{55}{11}\)

=  \(\frac{5}{1}\)

The ratio of cars to vans is =  5:1

The ratio of cars to vans is 5:1

 

Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Common Core Chapter 1 Page 52   Exercise 18  Problem 17

Given that, a drawer has 4 red shirts and 8 green shirts.

We need to determine the ratio of red shirts to the total number of shirts.

Number of red shirts = 4

Number of green shirts = 8

The ratio of red shirts to the total number of shirts is

\(\frac{\text{Red shirts}}{\text{Total shirts}}\) = \(\frac{4}{4+8}\)

= \(\frac{4}{12}\)

= \(\frac{1}{3}\)

=  1:3

The ratio of red shirts to the total number of shirts is 1:3

Page 52   Exercise 19 Problem 18

Given that, a store sells 13 coffees and 65 hot chocolates.

We need to determine the ratio of coffee to hot chocolates.

Number of coffees = 13

Number of hot chocolates = 65

The ratio of coffee to hot chocolates is

\(\frac{\text{Cofees}}{\text{Hot chocolates}}\) =  \(\frac{13}{65}\)

= \(\frac{1}{5}\)

=  1:5

The ratio of coffee to hot chocolates is 1:5

 

Page 54   Exercise 1 Problem 19

We need to determine whether Albert’s graph represents a proportional relationship or Bianca’s.

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 54 Exercise 1, table 1

 

Make a table with the given information, we get

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 54 Exercise 1, table 2

 

Now, graph the ordered pairs on the coordinate plane. Then, connect the points together

 

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 54 Exercise 1, graph

The graph for Bianca’s comments is a straight line but doesn’t pass through the origin.

Hence, the relationship is not proportional.

The graph for Albert’s comments is a straight line that passes through the origin.

Hence, it represents a proportional relationship between comment number and replies.

Albert’s graph represents a proportional relationship while Bianca’s doesn’t.

 

Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Common Core Chapter 1 Page 54   Exercise 2   Problem 20

The proportionality of two different quantities can easily be determined by using constant ratios.

The constant ratios indicate that the value of the ratios is all the same.

If the ratios are constant, then the ratios are said to be proportional to each other.

When two ratios are equal, it is said to be in proportion.

Let the two ratios be a:b and c:d

If both the ratios are equal, a:b = c:d

Then the given ratio is said to be in proportion.

Two quantities are said to be in proportion if they have the same ratios. This makes their ratios be in proportion.

 

Page 54    Exercise 3  Problem 21

We need to describe the type of relationship shown by each set of ordered pairs.

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 54 Exercise 3 , table 1

 

Mark the order part on the given graph

 

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 54 Exercise 3 , graph

Here, we can see that the ordered pair 3 is a straight line and it passes through the origin.

Thus, it is linear and proportional.

The ordered pair 4 is not a straight line.

Thus, it is neither linear nor proportional.

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 54 Exercise 3 , table 2

 

Page 54   Exercise 4   Problem 22

We need to describe the type of relationship shown by each set of ordered pairs.

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 54 Exercise 4, table 1

 

Mark the ordered pairs given on the graph

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 54 Exercise 4, graph

Here, we can see that the ordered pair 3 is a straight line and it passes through the origin.

Thus, it is linear and proportional.

The ordered pair 4 is not a straight line.

Thus, it is neither linear nor proportional.

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 54 Exercise 4, table 2

 

Glencoe Math Course 2 Volume 1 Common Core Chapter 1 Page 54  Exercise 5  Problem 23

We need to describe a real-world situation that represents a proportional relationship.

Then explain how we could change the situation so that it represents a nonproportional relationship.

Let the real-world situation be, James earns $5 an hour babysitting.

We need to determine whether the amount of money James earns babysitting is proportional to the number of hours he babysits by graphing on the coordinate plane.

Make a table to find the amount of money he earned for 1,2,3,4 and 5 hours

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 54 Exercise 5, table

Now, graph the ordered pairs (time, earnings) on the coordinate plane. Then, connect the points together.

 

Glencoe Math Course 2, Volume 1, Common Core Student Edition, Chapter 1.5 Graph Proportional relationships Page 54 Exercise 5, graph

 

The line passes through the origin and it is a straight line.

Therefore, the amount of money James earns while babysitting is proportional to the number of hours he babysits.

We can change the situation so that it represents a nonproportional relationship by changing the amount of money he earns per hour.

For example, if he gets $5 for the first hour, and $7 for the next consecutive hours.

Then the graph will not be linear. Thus, it exhibits a nonproportional relationship.

The amount of money James earns babysitting is proportional to the number of hours he babysits. We can change the situation so that it represents a nonproportional relationship by changing the amount of money he earns every hour.